[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2007039178A2 - Phenyl-[1,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-one derivatives with phenyl group, processes for their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals - Google Patents

Phenyl-[1,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-one derivatives with phenyl group, processes for their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2007039178A2
WO2007039178A2 PCT/EP2006/009304 EP2006009304W WO2007039178A2 WO 2007039178 A2 WO2007039178 A2 WO 2007039178A2 EP 2006009304 W EP2006009304 W EP 2006009304W WO 2007039178 A2 WO2007039178 A2 WO 2007039178A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
phenyl
alkylene
alkyl
trifluoromethyl
methyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP2006/009304
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2007039178A3 (en
Inventor
Stefanie Keil
Patrick Bernardelli
Matthias Urmann
Hans Matter
Wolfgang Wendler
Maike Glien
Karen Chandross
Lan Lee
Original Assignee
Sanofi-Aventis
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=35809809&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=WO2007039178(A2) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Priority to NZ566875A priority Critical patent/NZ566875A/en
Priority to JP2008532648A priority patent/JP5183479B2/en
Application filed by Sanofi-Aventis filed Critical Sanofi-Aventis
Priority to ES06792252T priority patent/ES2392181T3/en
Priority to AU2006299092A priority patent/AU2006299092A1/en
Priority to SI200631453T priority patent/SI1931660T1/en
Priority to CA2624105A priority patent/CA2624105C/en
Priority to DK06792252.6T priority patent/DK1931660T3/en
Priority to EP06792252A priority patent/EP1931660B1/en
Priority to PL06792252T priority patent/PL1931660T3/en
Priority to BRPI0616465-0A priority patent/BRPI0616465A2/en
Publication of WO2007039178A2 publication Critical patent/WO2007039178A2/en
Publication of WO2007039178A3 publication Critical patent/WO2007039178A3/en
Priority to ZA2008/01630A priority patent/ZA200801630B/en
Priority to NO20081370A priority patent/NO20081370L/en
Priority to IL190227A priority patent/IL190227A/en
Priority to KR1020087007148A priority patent/KR101342415B1/en
Priority to US12/055,764 priority patent/US7834030B2/en
Priority to TNP2008000145A priority patent/TNSN08145A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/4245—Oxadiazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/18—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for pancreatic disorders, e.g. pancreatic enzymes
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/08—Antiseborrheics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/12—Keratolytics, e.g. wart or anti-corn preparations
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/06—Antigout agents, e.g. antihyperuricemic or uricosuric agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A61P25/16—Anti-Parkinson drugs
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06—Antihyperlipidemics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/12—Antihypertensives
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D277/24—Radicals substituted by oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links

Definitions

  • Phenyl-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-one derivatives with phenyl group processes for their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals
  • the invention relates to phenyl-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one derivatives with phenyl group and to their physiologically acceptable salts and physiologically functional derivatives showing PPARdelta agonist activity.
  • PPARdelta agonists have been described in the prior art (e.g. WO 01/00603, WO 02/092590, WO2004/080943, WO2005/054213 and WO2005/097786).
  • Compounds comprising an oxadiazolone feature as inhibitors of factor Xa were disclosed in DE 101 12 768 A1 , oral hypoglycemic agents in WO 96/13264.
  • From WO 97/40017 compounds having a phenyl group linked to heterocycles are known as modulators of molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition units.
  • Benzene derivatives as inhibitors of squalene synthase and protein farnesyltransferase are described in WO96/34851.
  • the invention is based on the object of providing compounds, which permit therapeutically utilizable modulation of lipid and/or carbohydrate metabolism and are thus suitable for the prevention and/or treatment of diseases such as type 2 diabetes and atherosclerosis and the diverse sequelae thereof.
  • Another purpose of the invention is to treat demyelinating and other neurodegenerative disorders of the central and peripheral nervous systems.
  • the compounds are suitable in particular for activating PPARdelta and PPARalpha, however it being possible for the extent of the relative activation to vary depending on the compounds.
  • R1 is H, halogen, (C1-C8) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-H, (C3-
  • B is C(R4) or N
  • R2.R3 are independently is H, halogen, (C1-C8) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-H, (C3- C7) cycloalkyl, SCH3, CN, (C6-C10) aryl, wherein alkyl, alkylene and aryl are unsubstituted or 1- to 5-fold substituted by F;
  • R2 and R3 together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded form a (C6-C10) aryl or a (C5-C10) heteroaryl ring.
  • R4 is H, halogen, (C1-C8) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-H, (C3- C7) cycloalkyl, SCH3, CN, (C6-C10) aryl, wherein alkyl, alkylene and aryl are unsubstituted or 1- to 5-fold substituted by F;
  • X is O, S, S(O), S(O)2, O-CH2, S-CH2, CH2-O, CH2-S;
  • -CH2- Z is a bond, (C1-C8) alkylene, (C2-C8) alkenylene, (C2-C8) alkylidene, (C1-
  • one of U and V is N the other is S or O;
  • W is a bond, (C1-C8) alkylene, (C2-C8) alkenylene, wherein alkylene and alkenylene are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by OH and F;
  • Y is a bond, O, S, S(O), S(O)2, N(R6) and
  • R5 is H, (C1-C8) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C13) cycloalkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-
  • alkyl and alkylene can be mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F, (C1-C4) alkyl and O-(C0-C4) alkylene-H and wherein cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl and heteroaryl are mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F, Cl, Br, CF3, (C1-C4) alkyl and O-(C0-C4) alkylene-H;
  • R6 is H, (C1-C8) alkyl, (C2-C8) alkenyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C6) cycloalkyl , wherein alkyl and alkenyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by
  • R7, R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, (C1-C8) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-H, SCF3, SF5, S(O)2CF3, (CO- C4) alkylene-O-(C6-C12) aryl, (C0-C4) alkylene-(C6-C12) aryl, NO2, wherein alkyl and alkylene are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F and aryl is unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by halogen, (C1- C4) alkyl or 0-(C 1-C4) alkyl ;
  • R9 is (C1-C6) alkyl, (C2-C6) alkenyl, (C0-C6) alkylene-(C6-C14) aryl, (C0-C6) alkylene-(C5-C15) heteroaryl, (C0-C6) alkylene-(C3-C8) cycloalkyl, (C0-C6) alkylene-(C3-C8) cycloalkenyl, wherein alkyl and alkylene are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F and aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and cycloalkenyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by halogen, (C1-C4) alkyl, -CF3, -CHF2, or O-(C1-C4)alkyl;
  • R10 is H, F, (C1-C6) alkyl, (C2-C6) alkenyl, (C0-C6) alkylene-(C6-C14) aryl, (CO- C6) alkylene-(C5-C15) heteroaryl, (C0-C6) alkylene-(C3-C8) cycloalkyl, (CO- C6) alkylene-(C3-C8) cycloalkenyl, wherein alkyl and alkylene are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F and aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and cycloalkenyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by halogen, (C1-C4) alkyl, -CF3, -CHF2, or O-(C1-C4) alkyl;
  • R4 is H.
  • X is O, O-CH2.
  • X is O.
  • X is O-CH2.
  • Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein
  • R1 is H, halogen, (C1-C4) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C2) alkylene-H, (C3-
  • Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein
  • R2 is H and
  • R3 is H, F
  • R2 and R3 together with the C-atoms to which they are bonded form a (C6)-aryl or a (C5-C6) heteroaryl ring.
  • Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein
  • R2 is H and
  • R3 is H, F.
  • Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I 1 wherein
  • R2 and R3 together with the C-atoms to which they are bonded form a (C6)-aryl or a (C5-C6) heteroaryl ring.
  • Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein
  • Y is a bond
  • R5 is H.
  • Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein
  • Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I 1 wherein
  • U is O, S and
  • V is N.
  • Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein
  • U is S and V is N.
  • Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein
  • R7 is F, Cl, (C1-C4) alkyl, (C0-C2) alkylene-O-(C1-C2) alkylene-H, (C0-C4) alkylene-phenyl, wherein alkyl, alkylene and phenyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F, and
  • R8 is H.
  • Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein
  • R7 is in para position to Z.
  • Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein
  • R8 is H.
  • Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein
  • R9 is (C1-C4) alkyl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C6-C10) aryl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C5-C6) heteroaryl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C3-C6) cycloalkyl, wherein alkyl and alkylene, are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F and aryl , heteroaryl and cycloalkyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by halogen, (C1-C4) alkyl, -CF3, -CHF2, or O-(C1-C4)alkyl; and
  • R10 is H.
  • Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein
  • W is a bond, (C1-C3) alkylene; Y is a bond, N(R6) and
  • R5 is H, (C1-C3) alkyl, wherein alkyl can be mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
  • R6 is H, (C1-C3) alkyl, wherein alkyl can be mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
  • R1 is H, halogen, (C1-C4) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C2) alkylene-H, (C3-
  • R9 is (C1-C4) alkyl, (C0-C3) alkylene-phenyl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C5-C6) heteroaryl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C3-C6) cycloalkyl, wherein alkyl, alkylene, phenyl , heteroaryl and cycloalkyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F; and
  • R10 is H.
  • Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein
  • R1 is H, halogen, (C1-C4) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C2) alkylene-H, (C3-
  • W is a bond, (C1-C3) alkylene; Y is a bond, N(R6) and
  • R5 is H, (C1-C3) alkyl, wherein alkyl can be mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
  • R6 is H, (C1-C3) alkyl, wherein alkyl can be mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
  • F CF3, (C1-C3) alkyl, O-(C1-C3) alkyl.
  • R1 is H, halogen, (C 1 -C4) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C2) alkylene-H, (C3-
  • R9 is (C1-C4) alkyl, (C0-C3) alkylene-phenyl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C5-C6) heteroaryl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C3-C6) cycloalkyl, wherein alkyl, alkylene, phenyl , heteroaryl and cycloalkyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F; and
  • R10 is H.
  • W is a bond, (C1-C3) alkylene
  • Y is a bond, N(R6) and
  • R5 is H, (C1-C3) alkyl, wherein alkyl can be mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
  • R1 is H, halogen, OH, O-(C1-C2) alkyl, (C3-C6) cycloalkyl, wherein alkyl is unsubstituted or mono, di- or trisubstitued by F;
  • R2 is H
  • R3 is H 1 F
  • R4 is H
  • X is O, O-CH2
  • V N
  • U is O 1 S
  • W is a bond, CH2;
  • Y is a bond, N(R6)
  • R5 iiss HH., ( (CC11--CC33)) aallkkyl, wherein alkyl can be mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
  • R7 is H, halogen, (C1-C3) alkyl, O-(C1-C3) alkyl, phenyl, wherein alkyl and phenyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
  • R8 is H ;
  • R9 is (C1-C4) alkyl, (C0-C3) alkylene-phenyl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C5-C6) heteroaryl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C3-C6) cycloalkyl, wherein alkyl, alkylene, phenyl and heteroaryl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
  • R10 is H.
  • R1 is H, halogen, (C1-C2) alkylene-O-(C1-C2) alkyl, (C3-C6) cycloalkyl, wherein alkylene and alkyl are unsubstituted or mono, di- or trisubstitued by F;
  • R2 is H
  • R3 is H, F
  • R4 is H; X is O, O-CH2;
  • V is N and U is O, S;
  • W is CH2
  • R5 is H
  • R7 is H, halogen, (C1-C3) alkyl, O-(C1-C3) alkyl, phenyl, wherein alkyl and phenyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
  • R8 is H ;
  • R9 is (C1-C4) alkyl, (C0-C3) alkylene-phenyl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C5-C6) heteroaryl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C3-C6) cycloalkyl, wherein alkyl, alkylene, phenyl, cycloalkyl and heteroaryl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
  • R10 is H.
  • B is C(R4), N;
  • R1 is H, F 1 CI 1 Br, OH 1 O-CH3, O-CHF2, O-CH2-CF3, CF3, CH2-CH3, CH2-O-
  • R2 is H
  • R3 is H, F
  • R4 is H
  • R2 and R3 together with the C-atoms to which they are bonded and the ring carrying them form a naphthalene or a quinoline-ring.
  • X is O, CH2, O-CH2;
  • V is N
  • W is CH2
  • Y is a bond, N(R6)
  • R5 is H
  • R7 is CF3
  • R8 is H;
  • R9 is CH3, CH2CH3, C3H7, C4H9, CF3, CF2-CH2-CH3, phenyl, CH2-phenyl,
  • R10 is H.
  • R1 is F, OH, OCH3, OCHF2, OCH2CF3;
  • R2 is H
  • R3 is H, F
  • R4 is H
  • X is O
  • V N
  • W is a bond, CH2;
  • Y is a bond, N(R6)
  • R7 is CF3
  • R8 is H
  • R9 is CH2-CH3
  • R10 is H.
  • R1 is H Cl 1 F, CH3, CH2-CH3, cyclopropyl, CF3, CH2-O-CH3, CH2-O-CH2-
  • R2 is H
  • R3 is H
  • R4 is H
  • X is O, O-CH2
  • V N
  • W is CH2; Y is a bond;
  • R5 is H
  • R7 is CF3
  • R8 is H
  • R9 is CH2-CH3, CH2-phenyl , CH2-4-F-phenyl, CH2-pyridyl, CF3, CF2-CH3, CF2-cyclopropyl;
  • R10 is H.
  • alkyl is to be understood in the broadest sense to mean saturated hydrocarbon residues which can be linear, i. e. straight-chain, or branched. If not otherwise defined alkyl has 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of ,-(C1-C8)-alkyl" are alkyl residues containing 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 carbon atoms are methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl or octyl, the n-isomers of all these residues, isopropyl, isobutyl, 1-methylbutyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3- methylpentyl, isohexyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl or tert-pentyl.
  • ,-(C0-C8)-alkyl is a hydrocarbon residue containing 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 carbon atoms, in which the term ,,-CO-alkyl" is a covalent bond. All these statements apply also to the term alkylene.
  • alkenyl is to be understood in the broadest sense to mean hydrocarbon residues which has 1 to 4 double bonds and can be linear, i. e. straight- chain, or branched. If not otherwise defined alkenyl has 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • alkinyl is to be understood in the broadest sense to mean hydrocarbon residues, which has 1 to 4 triple bonds and can be linear, i. e. straight- chain, or branched. If not otherwise defined alkinyl has 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • alkyl, alkylene, alkenyl, alkenylene, alkinyl and alkinylene are unsubstituted or mono, di- or trisubstituted independently of one another by suitable groups such as, for example: F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, NO2, CN, COOH, CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C6-C10) aryl, CO-O-(C1-C4) alkyl, CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3- C13)cycloalkyl, CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C15)heterocycle, CO-N((C0-C4) alkylene- H)-(C0-C4) alkylene- (C6-C10) aryl, CO-N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C0-C4) alkylene-H, CO-N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C0-C4) alkylene-H
  • cycloalkyl is to be understood to mean saturated hydrocarbon cycle containing from 3 to 13 carbon atoms in a mono- or bicyclic, fused, bridged or spirocyclic ring.
  • Examples of (C3-C13)-cycloalkyl cyclic alkyl residues are cycloalkyl residues containing 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 , 12 or 13 ring carbon atoms like cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl, cycloundecyl or cyclododecyl.
  • cycloalkyl also includes bicyclic groups in which any of the above cycloalkyl ring is fused to a benzene ring, for example indane and 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene.
  • cycloalkenyl is to be understood to mean unsaturated hydrocarbon cycle containing from 3 to 8 carbon atoms in a mono- or bicyclic , fused or bridged ring, wherein the one, two or three double bonds are not located within a cyclic alkyl group in such a manner that an aromatic system results.
  • unsaturated cycloalkenyl groups are cyclopentenyl or cyclohexenyl, which can be bonded via any carbon atom.
  • cycloalkenyl also includes bicyclic groups in which any of the above cycloalkenyl ring is fused to a benzene ring, for example 1 ,2- dihydronaphthalene, 1 ,4-dihydronaphthalene and 1 H-indene.
  • cycloalkyl or cycloalkenyl are unsubstituted or mono, di- or trisubstituted independently of one another by suitable groups such as, for example: F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, NO2, CN, COOH, CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C6-C10) aryl, CO-O-(CI -C4) alkyl, CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C13)cycloalkyl, CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3- C15)heterocycle,, CO-N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C1-C6)alkylene-H, CO-N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C1-C6)cycloalkyl, CON((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C6-C12)- aryl, (C0-C4) al
  • aryl is understood to mean aromatic hydrocarbon ring containing from 6 to 14 carbon atoms in a mono- or bicyclic ring.
  • Examples of (C6-C14)-aryl rings are phenyl, naphthyl, for example 1-naphthyl and 2-naphthyl, biphenylyl, for example 2- biphenylyl, 3-biphenylyl and 4-biphenylyl, anthryl or fluorenyl.
  • Biphenylyl rings, naphthyl ringand, in particular, phenyl ring are further embodiments of aryl ring.
  • heterocycles are acridinyl, azaindole (1 H-pyrrolopyhdinyl), azabenzimidazolyl, azaspirodecanyl, azepinyl, azetidinyl, aziridinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, carbazolyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, cinnolinyl, decahydrochinolinyl, 4,5-dihydrooxazolinyl, dioxazolyl, dioxazinyl, 1 ,3-dioxolanyl, 1 ,3
  • heterocyclic rings are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by suitable groups such as, for example: F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, NO2, CN, COOH, CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C6-C10) aryl, CO-O-(C1-C4) alkyl, CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-
  • R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded can form a (C3-C9)-heterocycle which for example can contain additionally 1 to 3 heteroatoms
  • heterocycles which can be derived from compounds such as for example pyrrolidine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, piperidine, piperazine, azetidine, 2,3-dihydro-1 H-isoindole, piperazin-2-one, azetidine, isoindoline, 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, thiomorpholine 1 -oxide, thiomorpholine 1 ,1 -dioxide, piperidin-4-one, piperidin-3-one, homopiperidine, homopiperazine, homomorpholine, 2,3,6,7-tetrahydro-(1 H)-1 ,4-diazepin-5(4H)-one, 4-oxa
  • R2 and R3 together with the C-atoms to which they are bonded form a (C6- C10) aryl- or a (C5-C10) heteroaryl ring
  • Halogen is fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
  • Optically active carbon atoms present in the compounds of the formula I can independently of each other have R configuration or S configuration.
  • the compounds of the formula I can be present in the form of pure enantiomers or pure diastereomers or in the form of mixtures of enantiomers and/or diastereomers, for example in the form of racemates.
  • the present invention relates to pure enantiomers and mixtures of enantiomers as well as to pure diastereomers and mixtures of diastereomers.
  • the invention comprises mixtures of two or of more than two stereoisomers of the formula I and it comprises all ratios of the stereoisomers in the mixtures.
  • the invention relates both to pure E isomers and pure Z isomers and to E/Z mixtures in all ratios.
  • the invention also comprises all tautomeric forms of the compounds of the formula I.
  • Diastereomers including E/Z isomers, can be separated into the individual isomers, for example, by chromatography. Racemates can be separated into the two enantiomers by customary methods, for example by chromatography on chiral phases or by resolution, for example by crystallization of diastereomeric salts obtained with optically active acids or bases.
  • Stereochemical ⁇ uniform compounds of the formula I can also be obtained by employing stereochemical ⁇ uniform starting materials or by using stereoselective reactions.
  • the compounds of the formula I may exist in the form of their racemates, racemic mixtures, pure enantiomers, diastereomers and mixtures of diastereomers as well in their tautomeric forms.
  • the present invention encompasses all these isomeric and tautomeric forms of the compounds of the formula I. These isomeric forms can be obtained by known methods even if not specifically described in some cases.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are, because their solubility in water is greater than that of the initial or basic compounds, particularly suitable for medical applications. These salts must have a pharmaceutically acceptable anion or cation.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of the compounds of the invention are salts of inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic, phosphoric, metaphosphoric, nitric and sulfuric acid, and of organic acids such as, for example, acetic acid, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glycolic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, maleic, malic, methanesulfonic, succinic, p-toluenesulfonic and tartaric acid.
  • inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic, phosphoric, metaphosphoric, nitric and sulfuric acid
  • organic acids such as, for example, acetic acid, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glycolic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, maleic
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable basic salts are ammonium salts, alkali metal salts (such as sodium and potassium salts), alkaline earth metal salts (such as magnesium and calcium salts), and salts of trometamol (2-amino-2-hydroxymethyl-1 ,3-propanediol), diethanolamine, lysine or ethylenediamine.
  • Salts with a pharmaceutically unacceptable anion such as, for example, trifluoroacetate likewise belong within the framework of the invention as useful intermediates for the preparation or purification of pharmaceutically acceptable salts and/or for use in nontherapeutic, for example in vitro, applications.
  • physiologically functional derivative refers to any physiologically tolerated derivative of a compound of the formula I of the invention, for example an ester, which on administration to a mammal such as, for example, a human is able to form (directly or indirectly) a compound of the formula I or an active metabolite thereof.
  • Physiologically functional derivatives also include prodrugs of the compounds of the invention, as described, for example, in H. Okada et al., Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1994, 42, 57-61. Such prodrugs can be metabolized in vivo to a compound of the invention. These prodrugs may themselves be active or not.
  • the compounds of the invention may also exist in various polymorphous forms, for example as amorphous and crystalline polymorphous forms. All polymorphous forms of the compounds of the invention belong within the framework of the invention and are a further aspect of the invention.
  • This invention relates further to the use of compounds of the formula I and their pharmaceutical compositions as PPAR ligands.
  • the PPAR ligands of the invention are suitable as modulators of PPAR activity.
  • Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors are transcription factors which can be activated by ligands and belong to the class of nuclear hormone receptors. There are three PPAR isoforms, PPARalpha, PPARgamma and PPARdelta (identical to PPARbeta), which are encoded by different genes (Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR): structure, mechanisms of activation and diverse functions: Motojima K., Cell Struct Funct., 1993, 18(5), 267-77).
  • PPARgamma exists in three variants, PPARgammai, gamma 2 , and gamma 3 , which are the result of alternative use of promoters and differential mRNA splicing.
  • Different PPARs have different tissue distribution and modulate different physiological functions.
  • the PPARs play a key role in various aspects of the regulation of a large number of genes, the products of which genes are directly or indirectly crucially involved in lipid and carbohydrate metabolism.
  • the PPARalpha receptor plays an important part in the regulation of fatty acid catabolism or lipoprotein metabolism in the liver, while PPARgamma is crucially involved for example in regulating adipose cell differentiation.
  • PPARs are also involved in the regulation of many other physiological processes, including those which are not directly connected with carbohydrate or lipid metabolism.
  • the activity of different PPARs can be modulated by various fatty acids, fatty acid derivatives and synthetic compounds to varying extents.
  • the potent and selective PPARdelta ligand GW501516 raises HDL-cholesterol, decreases plasma LDL-cholesterol, triglycerides and insulin levels (Oliver, W. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL, 2001 , 98, 5306-5361 ).
  • the dual PPARdelta/PPARalpha agonist YM-16638 significantly lowers plasma lipids in rhesus and cynomolgus monkeys (Goto, S. et al., Br. J. Pharm., 1996, 118, 174-178) and acts in a similar manner in two weeks clinical trials in healthy volunteers (Shimokawa, T. et al., Drug Dev. Res., 1996, 38, 86-92).
  • PPARdelta is an important target for the treatment of dyslipidemia, insulin resistance, type 2 diabetes, atherosclerosis and syndrom X (Wang,Y-X. et al., Cell, 2003, 113, 159-170; Luquet, S. et al., FASEB J.,
  • PPARdelta is known to play a role in embryonic development, implantation and bone formation (Lim, H. and Dey, S. K., Trends Endocrinol Metab., 2000, 11(4), 137-42; Ding, N.Z. et al., MoI Reprod Dev., 2003, 66(3), 218-24; Mano, H. et al., J Biol Chem., 2000, 275(11 ), 8126-32). Numerous publications demonstrate that PPARdelta is triggering proliferation and differentiation of keratinocytes which points to its role in skin disorders and wound healing (Di-Poi, N.
  • PPARdelta appears to be significantly expressed in the CNS; however much of its function there still remains undiscovered. Of singular interest however, is the discovery that PPARdelta was expressed in rodent oligodendrocytes, the major lipid producing cells of the CNS (J. Granneman, et al., J. Neurosci. Res., 1998, 51 , 563- 573). Moreover, it was also found that a PPARdelta selective agonist was found to significantly increase oligodendroglial myelin gene expression and myelin sheath diameter in mouse cultures (I. Saluja et al., GNa, 2001 , 33, 194-204).
  • PPARdelta activators may be of use for the treatment of demyelinating and dysmyelinating diseases.
  • the use of peroxisome proliferator activated receptor delta agonists for the treatment of MS and other demyelynating diseases can be shown as described in WO2005/097098.
  • Demyelinating conditions are manifested in loss of myelin - the multiple dense layers of lipids and protein which cover many nerve fibers. These layers are provided by oligodendroglia in the central nervous system (CNS), and Schwann cells in the peripheral nervous system (PNS).
  • CNS central nervous system
  • PNS peripheral nervous system
  • demyelination may be irreversible; it is usually accompanied or followed by axonal degeneration, and often by cellular degeneration.
  • Demyelination can occur as a result of neuronal damage or damage to the myelin itself - whether due to aberrant immune responses, local injury, ischemia, metabolic disorders, toxic agents, or viral infections (Prineas and McDonald, Demyelinating Diseases.
  • ASD adrenoleukodystrophy
  • DAM acute disseminated encephalomyelitis
  • acute viral encephalitis adrenoleukodystrophy
  • acute transverse myelitis a syndrome in which an acute spinal cord transection of unknown cause affects both gray and white matter in one or more adjacent thoracic segments, can also result in demyelination.
  • disorders in which myelin forming glial cells are damaged including spinal cord injuries, neuropathies and nerve injury.
  • the present invention relates to compounds of the formula I suitable for modulating the activity of PPARs, especially the activity of PPARdelta and PPARalpha.
  • the compounds of the formula I are suitable for the treatment, control and prophylaxis of the indications described hereinafter, and for a number of other pharmaceutical applications connected thereto (see, for example, Berger, J., et al., Annu. Rev. Med., 2002, 53, 409-435; Wilson, T. et al., J. Med. Chem., 2000, 43(4), 527-550; Kliewer, S. et al., Recent Prog Horm Res., 2001 , 56, 239-63; Fruchart, J. C.
  • Compounds of this type are particularly suitable for the treatment and/or prevention of:
  • Diabetes mellitus especially type 2 diabetes, including the prevention of the sequelae associated therewith.
  • Dyslipidemias and their sequelae such as, for example, atherosclerosis, coronary heart disease, cerebrovascular disorders etc, especially those (but not restricted thereto) which are characterized by one or more of the following factors:
  • - heart failure such as, for example (but not restricted thereto), following myocardial infarction, hypertensive heart disease or cardiomyopathy
  • - atherosclerosis such as, for example (but not restricted thereto), coronary sclerosis including angina pectoris or myocardial infarction, stroke
  • lipomatous carcinomas such as, for example, liposarcomas
  • tumors and neoplasms such as, for example (but not restricted thereto), carcinomas of the gastrointestinal tract, of the liver, of the biliary tract and of the pancreas, endocrine tumors, carcinomas of the lungs, of the kidneys and the urinary tract, of the genital tract, prostate carcinomas etc - acute and chronic myeloproliferative disorders and lymphomas
  • Demyelinating and other neurodegenerative disorders of the central and peripheral nervous systems including: - Alzheimer's disease
  • ALD - adrenoleukodystrophy
  • ADAM acute disseminated encephalomyelitis
  • - dermatitis such as, for example, seborrheic dermatitis or photodermatitis
  • keratitis and keratoses such as, for example, seborrheic keratoses, senile keratoses, actinic keratosis, photo-induced keratoses or keratosis follicularis - keloids and keloid prophylaxis
  • HPV human papilloma viral infections
  • venereal papillomata viral warts
  • leukoplakia - papular dermatoses such as, for example, Lichen planus
  • - skin cancer such as, for example, basal-cell carcinomas, melanomas or cutaneous T-cell lymphomas
  • PCOS polycystic ovary syndrome
  • osteoarthritis - lupus erythematosus (LE) or inflammatory rheumatic disorders such as, for example, rheumatoid arthritis
  • ARDS acute respiratory distress syndrome
  • the amount of a compound of formula I necessary to achieve the desired biological effect depends on a number of factors, for example the specific compound chosen, the intended use, the mode of administration and the clinical condition of the patient.
  • the daily dose is generally in the range from 0.001 mg to 100 mg (typically from 0.01 mg to 50 mg) per day and per kilogram of bodyweight, for example 0.1-10 mg/kg/day.
  • An intravenous dose may be, for example, in the range from 0.001 mg to 1.0 mg/kg, which can suitably be administered as infusion of 10 ng to 100 ng per kilogram and per minute.
  • Suitable infusion solutions for these purposes may contain, for example, from 0.1 ng to 10 mg, typically from 1 ng to 10 mg, per milliliter.
  • Single doses may contain, for example, from 1 mg to 10 g of the active ingredient.
  • ampules for injections may contain, for example, from 1 mg to 100 mg
  • single-dose formulations which can be administered orally, such as, for example, capsules or tablets may contain, for example, from 0.05 to 1000 mg, typically from 0.5 to 600 mg.
  • the compounds of formula I may be used as the compound itself, but they are preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition with an acceptable carrier.
  • the carrier must, of course, be acceptable in the sense that it is compatible with the other ingredients of the composition and is not harmful for the patient's health.
  • the carrier may be a solid or a liquid or both and is preferably formulated with the compound as a single dose, for example as a tablet, which may contain from 0.05% to 95% by weight of the active ingredient.
  • Other pharmaceutically active substances may likewise be present, including other compounds of formula I.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be produced by one of the known pharmaceutical methods, which essentially consist of mixing the ingredients with pharmacologically acceptable carriers and/or excipients.
  • compositions of the invention are those suitable for oral, rectal, topical, peroral (for example sublingual) and parenteral (for example subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal or intravenous) administration, although the most suitable mode of administration depends in each individual case on the nature and severity of the condition to be treated and on the nature of the compound of formula I used in each case.
  • Coated formulations and coated slow-release formulations also belong within the framework of the invention. Preference is given to acid- and gastric juice- resistant formulations. Suitable coatings resistant to gastric juice comprise cellulose acetate phthalate, polyvinyl acetate phthalate, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate and anionic polymers of methacrylic acid and methyl methacrylate.
  • Suitable pharmaceutical preparations for oral administration may be in the form of separate units such as, for example, capsules, cachets, suckable tablets or tablets, each of which contain a defined amount of the compound of formula I; as powders or granules, as solution or suspension in an aqueous or nonaqueous liquid; or as an oil- in-water or water-in-oil emulsion.
  • These compositions may, as already mentioned, be prepared by any suitable pharmaceutical method which includes a step in which the active ingredient and the carrier (which may consist of one or more additional ingredients) are brought into contact.
  • the compositions are generally produced by uniform and homogeneous mixing of the active ingredient with a liquid and/or finely divided solid carrier, after which the product is shaped if necessary.
  • a tablet can be produced by compressing or molding a powder or granules of the compound, where appropriate with one or more additional ingredients.
  • Compressed tablets can be produced by tableting the compound in free-flowing form such as, for example, a powder or granules, where appropriate mixed with a binder, glidant, inert diluent and/or one (or more) surface-active/dispersing agent(s) in a suitable machine.
  • Molded tablets can be produced by molding the compound, which is in powder form and is moistened with an inert liquid diluent, in a suitable machine.
  • compositions which are suitable for peroral (sublingual) administration comprise suckable tablets which contain a compound of formula I with a flavoring, normally sucrose and gum arabic or tragacanth, and pastilles which comprise the compound in an inert base such as gelatin and glycerol or sucrose and gum arabic.
  • compositions suitable for parenteral administration comprise preferably sterile aqueous preparations of a compound of formula I, which are preferably isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient. These preparations are preferably administered intravenously, although administration may also take place by subcutaneous, intramuscular or intradermal injection. These preparations can preferably be produced by mixing the compound with water and making the resulting solution sterile and isotonic with blood. Injectable compositions of the invention generally contain from 0.1 to 5% by weight of the active compound.
  • compositions suitable for rectal administration are preferably in the form of single-dose suppositories. These can be produced by mixing a compound of the formula I with one or more conventional solid carriers, for example cocoa butter, and shaping the resulting mixture.
  • compositions suitable for topical use on the skin are preferably in the form of ointment, cream, lotion, paste, spray, aerosol or oil.
  • Carriers which can be used are petrolatum, lanolin, polyethylene glycols, alcohols and combinations of two or more of these substances.
  • the active ingredient is generally present in a concentration of from 0.1 to 15% by weight of the composition, for example from 0.5 to 2%.
  • compositions suitable for transdermal uses can be in the form of single plasters which are suitable for long-term close contact with the patient's epidermis.
  • Such plasters suitably contain the active ingredient in an aqueous solution which is buffered where appropriate, dissolved and/or dispersed in an adhesive or dispersed in a polymer.
  • a suitable active ingredient concentration is about 1 % to 35%, preferably about 3% to 15%.
  • a particular possibility is for the active ingredient to be released by electrotransport or iontophoresis as described, for example, in Pharmaceutical Research, 2(6): 368 (1986).
  • the compounds of the formula I are distinguished by favorable effects on metabolic disorders. They beneficially influence lipid and sugar metabolism, in particular they lower the triglyceride level and are suitable for the prevention and treatment of type Il diabetes and atheriosclerosis and the diverse sequalae thereof.
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered alone or in combination with one or more further pharmacologically active substances.
  • the compounds of the invention can be administered in combination with active ingredients having a similar pharmacological action.
  • they can be administered in combination with active ingredients which have favorable effects on metabolic disturbances or disorders frequently associated therewith. Examples of such medicaments are
  • antiinflammatory active ingredients active ingredients for the treatment of malignant tumors
  • Administration of the active ingredient combination can take place either by separate administration of the active ingredients to the patient or in the form of combination products in which a plurality of active ingredients are present in one pharmaceutical preparation.
  • Particularly suitable further active ingredients for the combination preparations are: All antidiabetics mentioned in the Rote Liste 2006, Chapter 12; all slimming agents/appetite supressants mentioned in the Rote Liste 2006, Chapter 1 ; all lipid- lowering agents mentioned in the Rote Liste 2006, Chapter 58. They can be combined with the compound of the formula I according to the invention in particular for a synergistic enhancement of activity.
  • the active compound combination can be administered either by separate administration of the active compounds to the patient or in the form of combination preparations in which a plurality of active compounds are present in a pharmaceutical preparation. Most of the active compounds listed below are disclosed in USP Dictionary of USAN and International Drug Names, US Pharmacopeia, Rockville 2001.
  • Antidiabetics include insulin and insulin derivatives, such as, for example, Lantus ® (see www.lantus.com) or HMR 1964 or those descibed in WO2005005477 (Novo Nordisk), fast-acting insulins (see US 6,221 ,633), inhalable insulins, such as, for example, Exubera ® or oral insulins, such as, for example, IN-105 (Nobex) or Oral-lynTM (Generex Biotechnology), GLP-1 derivatives, such as, for example, Exenatide,
  • the active compounds preferably include sulfonylureas, biguanidines, meglitinides, oxadiazolidinediones, thiazolidinediones, glucosidase inhibitors, inhibitors of glycogen phosphorylase, glucagon antagonists, glucokinase activators, inhibitors of fructose-1 ,6-bisphosphatase, modulators of the glucose transporter 4 (GLUT4), inhibitors of glutamine:fructose-6-phosphate amidotransferase (GFAT),
  • GLP-1 agonists such as, for example, those disclosed in WO 97/26265 and WO 99/03861 by Novo Nordisk A/S, inhibitors of dipeptidylpeptidase IV (DPP-IV), insulin sensitizers, inhibitors of liver enzymes involved in the stimulation of gluconeogenesis and/or glycogenosis, modulators of glucose uptake, glucose transport and glucose backresorption, inhibitors of 11 ⁇ -HSD1 , inhibitors of protein tyrosine phosphatase 1 B (PTP1 B), modulators of the sodium/glucose cotransporter 1 or 2 (SGLT1 , SGLT2), compounds which alter lipid metabolism, such as antihyperlipidemic active ingredients and antilipidemic active ingredients, compounds which reduce food intake or food absorption, compounds which increase thermogenesis,
  • DPP-IV dipeptidylpeptidase IV
  • insulin sensitizers inhibitors of liver enzymes involved in the stimulation of gluconeogenesis and/or glycogenosis
  • PPAR and RXR modulators and active ingredients which act on the ATP-dependent potassium channel of the beta cells.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a HMGCoA reductase inhibitor, such as simvastatin, fluvastatin, pravastatin, lovastatin, atorvastatin, cerivastatin, rosuvastatin or L-659699.
  • a HMGCoA reductase inhibitor such as simvastatin, fluvastatin, pravastatin, lovastatin, atorvastatin, cerivastatin, rosuvastatin or L-659699.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a cholesterol resorption inhibitor, such as, for example, ezetimibe, tiqueside, pamaqueside, FM-VP4 (sitostanol/campesterol ascorbyl phosphate; Forbes Medi-Tech, WO2005042692), MD-0727 (Microbia Inc., WO2005021497) or with compounds as described in WO2002066464 (Kotobuki Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd.), WO2005062824 (Merck & Co.) or WO2005061451 and WO2005061452 (AstraZeneca AB).
  • a cholesterol resorption inhibitor such as, for example, ezetimibe, tiqueside, pamaqueside, FM-VP4 (sitostanol/campesterol ascorbyl phosphate; Forbes Medi-Tech, WO2005042692), MD-0727 (Microbia Inc., WO2005021497) or with compounds as described in WO2002066464 (K
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a PPAR gamma agonist, such as, for example, rosiglitazone, pioglitazone, JTT-501 , Gl 262570, R-483 or CS-011 (rivoglitazone).
  • a PPAR gamma agonist such as, for example, rosiglitazone, pioglitazone, JTT-501 , Gl 262570, R-483 or CS-011 (rivoglitazone).
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a PPAR alpha agonist, such as, for example, GW9578, GW-590735, K-111 , LY-674, KRP-101 or DRF-10945.
  • a PPAR alpha agonist such as, for example, GW9578, GW-590735, K-111 , LY-674, KRP-101 or DRF-10945.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a mixed PPAR alpha/gamma agonist, such as, for example, muraglitazar, tesaglitazar, naveglitazar, LY-510929, ONO-5129, E-3030 or as described in WO00/64888, WO00/64876, WO03/020269, WO2004075891 , WO2004076402, WO2004075815, WO2004076447, WO2004076428, WO2004076401 , WO2004076426, WO2004076427, WO2006018118, WO2006018115, and WO2006018116 or in J. P. Berger et al., TRENDS in Pharmacological Sciences 28(5), 244-251 , 2005.
  • a mixed PPAR alpha/gamma agonist such as, for example, muraglitazar, tesaglitazar, naveglitazar, LY-510929, O
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a PPAR delta agonist, such as, for example, GW-501516 or as described in WO2005097762, WO2005097786, WO2005097763, and WO2006029699.
  • a PPAR delta agonist such as, for example, GW-501516 or as described in WO2005097762, WO2005097786, WO2005097763, and WO2006029699.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with metaglidasen or with MBX-2044 or other partial PPAR gamma agonists/antagonists.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a fibrate, such as, for example, fenofibrate, clofibrate or bezafibrate.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an MTP inhibitor, such as, for example, implitapide, BMS-201038, R- 103757 or those described in WO2005085226.
  • an MTP inhibitor such as, for example, implitapide, BMS-201038, R- 103757 or those described in WO2005085226.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a CETP inhibitor, such as, for example, torcetrapib or JTT-705.
  • a CETP inhibitor such as, for example, torcetrapib or JTT-705.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a bile acid resorption inhibitor (see, for example, US 6,245,744, US 6,221 ,897 or WO00/61568), such as, for example, HMR 1741 or those described in DE 10 2005 033099.1 and DE 10 2005 033100.9.
  • a bile acid resorption inhibitor see, for example, US 6,245,744, US 6,221 ,897 or WO00/61568
  • HMR 1741 such as, for example, HMR 1741 or those described in DE 10 2005 033099.1 and DE 10 2005 033100.9.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a polymeric bile acid adsorber, such as, for example, cholestyramine or colesevelam.
  • a polymeric bile acid adsorber such as, for example, cholestyramine or colesevelam.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an LDL receptor inducer (see US 6,342,512), such as, for example, HMR1171 , HMR1586 or those described in WO2005097738.
  • an LDL receptor inducer see US 6,342,512
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with Omacor® (omega-3 fatty acids; highly concentrated ethyl esters of eicosapentaenoic acid and docosahexaenoic acid).
  • Omacor® omega-3 fatty acids; highly concentrated ethyl esters of eicosapentaenoic acid and docosahexaenoic acid.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an ACAT inhibitor, such as, for example, avasimibe.
  • an antioxidant such as, for example, OPC-14117, probucol, tocopherol, ascorbic acid, ⁇ -carotene or selenium.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a vitamin, such as, for example, vitamin B6 or vitamin B12.
  • a vitamin such as, for example, vitamin B6 or vitamin B12.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a lipoprotein lipase modulator, such as, for example, ibrolipim (NO- 1886).
  • a lipoprotein lipase modulator such as, for example, ibrolipim (NO- 1886).
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an ATP-citrate lyase inhibitor, such as, for example, SB-204990.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a squalene synthetase inhibitor, such as, for example, BMS-188494 or as described in WO2005077907.
  • a squalene synthetase inhibitor such as, for example, BMS-188494 or as described in WO2005077907.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a lipoprotein(a) antagonist, such as, for example, gemcabene (Cl- 1027).
  • a lipoprotein(a) antagonist such as, for example, gemcabene (Cl- 1027).
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an HM74A receptor agonists, such as, for example, nicotinic acid.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a lipase inhibitor, such as, for example, orlistat or cetilistat (ATL-962).
  • a lipase inhibitor such as, for example, orlistat or cetilistat (ATL-962).
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with insulin. In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a sulfonylurea, such as, for example, tolbutamide, glibenclamide, glipizide or glimepiride.
  • a sulfonylurea such as, for example, tolbutamide, glibenclamide, glipizide or glimepiride.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a biguanide, such as, for example, metformin.
  • a biguanide such as, for example, metformin.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a meglitinide, such as, for example, repaglinide or nateglinide.
  • a meglitinide such as, for example, repaglinide or nateglinide.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a thiazolidinedione, such as, for example, troglitazone, ciglitazone, pioglitazone, rosiglitazone or the compounds disclosed in WO 97/41097 by Dr. Reddy's Research Foundation, in particular 5-[[4-[(3,4-dihydro-3-methyl-4-oxo-2- quinazolinylmethoxy]phenyl]methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione.
  • a thiazolidinedione such as, for example, troglitazone, ciglitazone, pioglitazone, rosiglitazone or the compounds disclosed in WO 97/41097 by Dr. Reddy's Research Foundation, in particular 5-[[4-[(3,4-dihydro-3-methyl-4-oxo-2- quinazolinylmethoxy]phenyl]methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedi
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an ⁇ -glucosidase inhibitor, such as, for example, miglitol or acarbose.
  • an ⁇ -glucosidase inhibitor such as, for example, miglitol or acarbose.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an active ingredient which acts on the ATP-dependent potassium channel of the beta cells, such as, for example, tolbutamide, glibenclamide, glipizide, glimepiride or repaglinide.
  • an active ingredient which acts on the ATP-dependent potassium channel of the beta cells, such as, for example, tolbutamide, glibenclamide, glipizide, glimepiride or repaglinide.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with more than one of the compounds mentioned above, for example in combination with a sulfonylurea and metformin, a sulfonylurea and acarbose, repaglinide and metformin, insulin and a sulfonylurea, insulin and metformin, insulin and troglitazone, insulin and lovastatin, etc.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an inhibitor of glycogen phosphorylase, such as, for example, PSN- 357 or FR-258900 or those described in WO2003084922, WO2004007455, WO2005073229-31 or WO2005067932.
  • an inhibitor of glycogen phosphorylase such as, for example, PSN- 357 or FR-258900 or those described in WO2003084922, WO2004007455, WO2005073229-31 or WO2005067932.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with glucagon receptor antagonists, such as, for example, A-770077, NNC-25-2504 or such as in WO2004100875 or WO2005065680.
  • glucagon receptor antagonists such as, for example, A-770077, NNC-25-2504 or such as in WO2004100875 or WO2005065680.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with activators of glucokinase, such as, for example, RO-4389620, LY- 2121260 (WO2004063179), PSN-105, PSN-110, GKA-50 or those described, for example, by Prosidion in WO2004072031 , WO2004072066, WO 05103021 or WO 06016178, by Roche in WO 00058293, WO 00183465, WO 00183478, WO 00185706, WO 00185707, WO 01044216, GB 02385328, WO 02008209, WO 02014312, WO 0246173, WO 0248106, DE 10259786, WO 03095438, US 04067939 or WO 04052869, by Novo Nordisk in EP 1532980, WO 03055482, WO 04002481 , WO 05049019, WO 050
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an inhibitor of gluconeogenesis, such as, for example, FR-225654.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with inhibitors of fructose-1 ,6-bisphosphatase (FBPase), such as, for example, CS-917.
  • FBPase fructose-1 ,6-bisphosphatase
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with modulators of the glucose transporter 4 (GLUT4), such as, for example, KST-48 (D.-O. Lee et al.: Arzneim.-Forsch. Drug Res. 54 (12), 835 (2004)).
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with inhibitors of glutamine:fructose-6-phosphate amidotransferase (GFAT), as described, for example, in WO2004101528.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with inhibitors of dipeptidylpeptidase IV (DPP-IV), such as, for example, vildagliptin (LAF-237), sitagliptin (MK-0431), saxagliptin ((BMS-477118), GSK-823093, PSN-9301 , SYR-322, SYR-619, TA-6666, TS-021 , GRC-8200, GW-825964X or as described in WO2003074500, WO2003106456, WO200450658, WO2005058901 , WO2005012312, WO2005/012308, PCT/EP2005/007821 , PCT/EP2005/008005, PCT/EP2005/008002, PCT/EP2005/008004, PCT/EP2005/008283, DE 10 2005 012874.2 or DE 10 2005 012873.4.
  • DPP-IV dipeptidylpeptidase IV
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with inhibitors of 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase-1 (11 ⁇ -HSD1), such as, for example, BVT-2733 or those described, for example, in WO200190090- 94, WO200343999, WO2004112782, WO200344000, WO200344009, WO2004112779, WO2004113310, WO2004103980, WO2004112784, WO2003065983, WO2003104207, WO2003104208, WO2004106294, WO2004011410, WO2004033427, WO2004041264, WO2004037251 , WO2004056744, WO2004065351 , WO2004089367, WO2004089380, WO2004089470-71 , WO2004089896, WO2005016877 or WO2005097759.
  • 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase-1 11-bet
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with inhibitors of protein tyrosine phosphatase 1 B (PTP1 B), as described, for example, in WO200119830-31 , WO200117516, WO2004506446, WO2005012295, PCT/EP2005/005311 , PCT/EP2005/005321 , PCT/EP2005/007151 , PCT/EP2005/ or DE 10 2004 060542.4.
  • PTP1 B protein tyrosine phosphatase 1 B
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with modulators of the sodium/glucose cotransporter 1 or 2 (SGLT1 , SGLT2), such as, for example, KGA-2727, T-1095 and SGL-0010 or as described, for example, in WO2004007517, WO200452903, WO200452902, WO2005121161 , WO2005085237, JP2004359630 or by A. L. Handlon in Expert Opin. Ther. Patents (2005) 15(11), 1531-1540.
  • modulators of the sodium/glucose cotransporter 1 or 2 SGLT1 , SGLT2
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with inhibitors of hormone-sensitive lipase (HSL), such as those described, for example, in WO01/17981 , WO01/66531 , WO2004035550, WO2005073199 or WO03/051842.
  • HSL hormone-sensitive lipase
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with inhibitors of acetyl-CoA carboxylase (ACC) such as those described, for example, in W0199946262, WO200372197, WO2003072197 or WO2005044814.
  • ACC acetyl-CoA carboxylase
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an inhibitor of phosphoenolpyruvate carboxykinase (PEPCK), such as those described, for example, in WO2004074288.
  • PPCK phosphoenolpyruvate carboxykinase
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an inhibitor of glycogen synthase kinase-3 beta (GSK-3 beta), such as those described, for example, in US2005222220, WO2004046117, WO2005085230, WO2005111018, WO2003078403, WO2004022544, WO2003106410, WO2005058908, US2005038023, WO2005009997, US2005026984, WO2005000836, WO2004106343, EP1460075, WO2004014910, WO2003076442, WO2005087727 or WO2004046117.
  • GSK-3 beta glycogen synthase kinase-3 beta
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an inhibitor of protein kinase C beta (PKC beta), such as, for example, ruboxistaurin.
  • PLC beta protein kinase C beta
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an endothelin-A receptor antagonist, such as, for example, avosentan (SPP-301).
  • an endothelin-A receptor antagonist such as, for example, avosentan (SPP-301).
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with inhibitors of "l-kappaB kinase" (IKK inhibitors), such as those described, for example, in WO2001000610, WO2001030774, WO2004022553 or WO2005097129.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor as described, for example, in WO2005090336.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with CART modulators (see “Cocaine-amphetamine- regulated transcript influences energy metabolism, anxiety and gastric emptying in mice” Asakawa, A. et al.: Hormone and Metabolic Research (2001), 33(9), 554-558); NPY antagonists such as, for example, ⁇ 4-[(4-aminoquinazolin-2-ylamino)methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl ⁇ naphthalene-1-sulfonamide hydrochloride (CGP 71683A); peptide YY 3-36 (PYY3-36) or analogous compounds, such as, for example, CJC-1682 (PYY3-36 conjugated with human serum albumin via Cys34), CJC-1643 (derivative of PYY3-36 which conjugates in vivo to serum albumin) or those described in WO2005080424; cannabinoid receptor 1 antagonists, such as, for example, CART modulators (see
  • [1 ,5]naphthyridin-4-ylurea hydrochloride (SB-334867-A) or those described, for example, in WO200196302, WO200185693, WO2004085403 or WO2005075458); histamine H3 receptor agonists (for example 3-cyclohexyl-1-(4,4-dimethyl-1 ,4,6,7- tetrahydroimidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-5-yl)-propan-1-one oxalic acid salt (WO 00/63208) or those described in WO200064884, WO2005082893);
  • CRF antagonists for example [2-methyl-9-(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)-9H-1 ,3,9- triazafluoren-4-yl]dipropylamine (WO 00/66585)); CRF BP antagonists (for example urocortin); urocortin agonists; ⁇ 3 agonists (such as, for example, 1-(4-chloro-3-methanesulfonylmethylphenyl)-2-[2- (2,3-dimethyl-1 H-indol-6-yloxy)ethylamino]ethanol hydrochloride (WO 01/83451)); MSH (melanocyte-stimulating hormone) agonists;
  • MCH (melanin-concentrating hormone) receptor antagonists such as, for example, NBI-845, A-761 , A-665798, A-798, ATC-0175, T-226296, T-71 , GW-803430 or those compounds described in WO2003/15769, WO2005085200, WO2005019240, WO2004011438, WO2004012648, WO2003015769, WO2004072025, WO2005070898, WO2005070925, WO2006018280, WO2006018279, WO2004039780, WO2003033476, WO2002006245, WO2002002744,
  • CCK-A agonists such as, for example, ⁇ 2-[4-(4-chloro-2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-5-(2- cyclohexylethyl)-thiazol-2-ylcarbamoyl]-5,7-dimethylindol-1 -yljacetic acid trifluoroacetic acid salt (WO 99/15525), SR-146131 (WO 0244150) or SSR-125180); serotonin reuptake inhibitors (for example dexfenfluramine); mixed serotonin- and noradrenergic compounds (for example WO 00/71549);
  • 5-HT receptor agonists for example 1-(3-ethylbenzofuran-7-yl)piperazine oxalic acid salt (WO 01/09111); 5-HT2C receptor agonists (such as, for example, APD-356, BVT-933 or those described in WO200077010, WO20077001-02, WO2005019180, WO2003064423,
  • 5-HT6 receptor antagonists such as described, for example, in WO2005058858; bombesin receptor agonists (BRS-3 agonists); galanin receptor antagonists; growth hormone (for example human growth hormone or AOD-9604); growth hormone releasing compounds (tert-butyl 6-benzyloxy-1-(2-diisopropylamino- ethylcarbamoyl)-3,4-dihydro-1 H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylate (WO 01/85695)); growth hormone secretagog receptor antagonists (ghrelin antagonists) such as, for example, A-778193 or those described in WO2005030734;
  • TRH agonists see, for example, EP 0 462 884
  • uncoupling protein 2 or 3 modulators see for example Lee, Daniel W.; Leinung, Matthew C; Rozhavskaya-
  • DA agonists bromocriptine or Doprexin
  • lipase/amylase inhibitors as described, for example, in WO 00/40569
  • DGATs diacylglycerol O-acyltransferases
  • FAS fatty acid synthase
  • thyroid hormone receptor agonists such as, for example, KB-2115 or those described in WO20058279, WO200172692, WO200194293, WO2003084915, WO2004018421 or WO2005092316.
  • the further active ingredient is leptin; see for example "Perspectives in the therapeutic use of leptin", Salvador, Javier; Gomez-Ambrosi, Javier; Fruhbeck, Gema, Expert Opinion on Pharmacotherapy (2001), 2(10), 1615-1622.
  • the further active ingredient is dexamphetamine or amphetamine.
  • the further active ingredient is fenfluramine or dexfenfluramine.
  • the further active ingredient is sibutramine.
  • the further active ingredient is mazindol or phentermine.
  • the compounds of the formula I are administered in combination with bulking agents, preferably insoluble bulking agents (see, for example, carob/Caromax ® (Zunft H J; et al., Carob pulp preparation for treatment of hypercholesterolemia, ADVANCES IN THERAPY (2001 Sep-Oct), 18(5), 230-6).
  • Caromax is a carob-containing product from Nutrinova, Nutrition Specialties & Food Ingredients GmbH, lndustriepark H ⁇ chst, 65926 Frankfurt/Main). Combination with Caromax ® is possible in one preparation or by separate administration of compounds of the formula I and Caromax ® .
  • Caromax ® can in this connection also be administered in the form of food products such as, for example, in bakery products or muesli bars.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with PDE (phosphodiesterase) inhibitors, as described, for example, in WO2003/077949 or WO2005012485.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with NAR-1 (nicotinic acid receptor) agonists as described, for example, in WO2004094429.
  • NAR-1 neurotinic acid receptor
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with CB2 (cannabinoid receptor) agonists as described, for example, in US2005/143448.
  • CB2 cannabinoid receptor
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with histamine 1 agonists as described, for example, in WO2005101979.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with bupropion, as described in WO2006017504.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with opioid antagonists as described, for example, in WO2005107806 or WO2004094429.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with neutral endopeptidase inhibitors as described, for example, in WO200202513, WO2002/06492, WO 2002040008, WO2002040022 or WO2002047670.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with NPY inhibitors (neuropeptide Y) as described, for example, in WO2002047670. In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with sodium/hydrogen exchange inhibitors as described, for example, in WO2003092694.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor as described, for example, in WO2005090336.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with nicotine receptor agonists as described, for example, in WO2004094429.
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with NRIs (norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors) as described, for example, in WO2002053140.
  • NRIs nervepinephrine reuptake inhibitors
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with MOA (E-beta-methoxyacrylate), such as, for example, segeline, or as described, for example, in WO2002053140.
  • MOA E-beta-methoxyacrylate
  • the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with antithrombotic active ingredients, such as, for example, clopidrogel.
  • HEK human embryo kidney
  • pdeltaM-GAL4-Luc-Zeo a luciferase reporter element
  • GR-GAL4-humanPPARalpha-LBD PPARalpha fusion protein
  • the stably and constitutively expressed fusion protein GR-GAL4-humanPPARalpha-LBD binds in the cell nucleus of the PPARalpha reporter cell line via the GAL4 protein portion to the GAL4 DNA binding motifs 5 ' -upstream of the luciferase reporter element which is stably integrated in the genome of the cell line.
  • cs-FCS fatty acid- depleted fetal calf serum
  • PPARalpha ligands bind and activate the PPARalpha fusion protein and thereby stimulate the expression of the luciferase reporter gene.
  • the luciferase which is formed can be detected by means of chemiluminescence via an appropriate substrate.
  • the PPARalpha reporter cell line was prepared in two stages. Firstly, the luciferase reporter element was constructed and stably transfected into HEK cells. For this purpose, five binding sites of the yeast transcription factor GAL4 (Accession # AF264724) were cloned in 5 ' -upstream of a 68 bp-long minimal MMTV promoter (Accession # V01175).
  • the minimal MMTV promoter section contains a CCAAT box and a TATA element in order to enable efficient transcription by RNA polymerase II.
  • the cloning and sequencing of the GAL4-MMTV construct took place in analogy to the description of Sambrook J. et. al. (Molecular cloning, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1989).
  • the complete Photinus pyralis gene (Accession # M15077) was cloned in 3 ' -downstream of the GAL4-MMTV element.
  • the luciferase reporter element consisting of five GAL4 binding sites, MMTV promoter and luciferase gene was recloned into a plasmid which confers zeocin resistance in order to obtain the plasmid pdeltaM-GAL4-Luc-Zeo.
  • This vector was transfected into HEK cells in accordance with the statements in Ausubel, F. M. et al. (Current protocols in molecular biology, Vol. 1-3, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1995).
  • zeocin-containing medium (0.5 mg/ml) was used to select a suitable stable cell clone which showed very low basal expression of the luceriferase gene.
  • the PPARalpha fusion protein (GR-GAL4-humanPPARalpha-LBD was introduced into the stable cell clone described.
  • the cDNA coding for the N-terminal 76 amino acids of the glucocorticoid receptor (Accession # P04150) was linked to the cDNA section coding for amino acids 1-147 of the yeast transcription factor GAL4 (Accession # P04386).
  • the cDNA of the ligand-binding domain of the human PPARalpha receptor (amino acids S167-Y468; Accession # S74349) was cloned in at the 3'-end of this GR-GAL4 construct.
  • the fusion construct prepared in this way (GR-GAL4-humanPPARalpha-LBD) was recloned into the plasmid pcDNA3 (Invitrogen) in order to enable constitutive expression therein by the cytomegalovirus promoter.
  • This plasmid was linearized with a restriction endonuclease and stably transfected into the previously described cell clone containing the luciferase reporter element.
  • the finished PPARalpha reporter cell line which contains a luciferase reporter element and constitutively expresses the PPARalpha fusion protein (GR- GAL4-human PPARalpha-LBD) was isolated by selection with zeocin (0.5 mg/ml) and G418 (0.5 mg/ml). Assay procedure
  • the activity of PPARalpha agonists is determined in a 3-day assay, which is described below:
  • the PPARalphareporter cell line is cultivated to 80% confluence in DMEM (# 41965- 039, Invitrogen) which is mixed with the following additions: 10% cs-FCS (fetal calf serum; #SH-30068.03, Hyclone), 0.5 mg/ml zeocin (#R250-01 , Invitrogen), 0.5 mg/ml G418 (#10136-027, Invitrogen), 1 % penicillin-streptomycin solution (#15140-122, Invitrogen) and 2 mM L-glutamine (#25030-024, Invitrogen).
  • 10% cs-FCS fetal calf serum
  • #SH-30068.03, Hyclone fetal calf serum
  • zeocin fetal calf serum
  • G418 0.5 mg/ml G418
  • penicillin-streptomycin solution #15140-122, Invitrogen
  • the cultivation takes place in standard cell culture bottles (# 353612, Becton Dickinson) in a cell culture incubator at 37°C in the presence of 5% CO 2 .
  • the 80%-confluent cells are washed once with 15 ml of PBS (#14190-094, Invitrogen), treated with 3 ml of trypsin solution (#25300-054, Invitrogen) at 37°C for 2 min, taken up in 5 ml of the DMEM described and counted in a cell counter. After dilution to 500.000 cells/ml, 35,000 cells are seeded in each well of a 96 well microtiter plate with a clear plastic base (#3610, Corning Costar). The plates are incubated in the cell culture incubator at 37°C and 5% CO 2 for 24 h.
  • PPARalpha agonists to be tested are dissolved in DMSO in a concentration of 10 mM.
  • This stock solution is diluted in DMEM (#41965-039, Invitrogen) which is mixed with 5% cs-FCS (#SH-30068.03, Hyclone), 2 mM L-glutamine (#25030-024, Invitrogen) and the previously described antibiotics (zeocin, G418, penicillin and streptomycin).
  • Test substances are tested in 11 different concentrations in the range from 10 ⁇ M to 100 pM. More potent compounds are tested in concentration ranges from 1 ⁇ M to 10 pM or between 100 nM and 1 pM.
  • the medium of the PPARalpha reporter cell line seeded on day 1 is completely removed by aspiration, and the test substances diluted in medium are immediately added to the cells. The dilution and addition of the substances is carried out by a robot (Beckman FX).
  • the final volume of the test substances diluted in medium is 100 ⁇ l per well of a 96 well microtiter plate.
  • the DMSO concentration in the assay is less than 0.1 % v/v in order to avoid cytotoxic effects of the solvent.
  • Each plate was charged with a standard PPARalpha agonist, which was likewise diluted in 11 different concentrations, in order to demonstrate the functioning of the assay in each individual plate.
  • the assay plates are incubated in an incubator at 37°C and 5% CO 2 for 24 h.
  • the PPARalpha reporter cells treated with the test substances are removed from the incubator, and the medium is aspirated off.
  • the cells are lyzed by pipetting 50 ⁇ l of
  • the raw data from the luminometer are transferred into a Microsoft Excel file.
  • Dose- effect plots and EC50 values of PPAR agonists are calculated using the XL. Fit program as specified by the manufacturer (IDBS).
  • the PPARalpha EC50 values for the compounds of Examples 1 to 49 in this assay are in the range from 5 nM to > 33 ⁇ M.
  • Compounds of the invention of the formula I activate the PPARalpha receptor.
  • HEK human embryo kidney
  • the PPARdelta reporter cell line also contains two genetic elements, a luciferase reporter element (pdeltaM-GAL4-Luc-Zeo) and a PPARdelta fusion protein (GR-GAL4-humanPPARdelta-LBD) which mediates expression of the luciferase reporter element depending on a PPARdelta ligand.
  • the stably and constitutively expressed fusion protein GR-GAL4-humanPPARdelta-LBD binds in the cell nucleus of the PPARdelta reporter cell line via the GAL4 protein portion to the GAL4 DNA binding motifs 5 ' -upstream of the luciferase reporter element which is stably integrated in the genome of the cell line.
  • cs-FCS fatty acid- depleted fetal calf serum
  • PPARdelta ligands bind and activate the PPARdelta fusion protein and thereby stimulate expression of the luciferase reporter gene.
  • the luciferase which is formed can be detected by means of chemiluminescence via an appropriate substrate.
  • the production of the stable PPARdelta reporter cell line is based on a stable HEK-cell clone which was stably transfected with a luciferase reporter element. This step was already described above in the section "construction of the PPARalpha reporter cell line".
  • the PPARdelta fusion protein (GR-GAL4-humanPPARdelta- LBD was stably introduced into this cell clone.
  • the cDNA coding for the N-terminal 76 amino acids of the glucocorticoid receptor accesion # P04150
  • the cDNA of the ligand-binding domain of the human PPARdelta receptor (amino acids S139-Y441 ; Accession # L07592) was cloned in at the 3'-end of this GR-GAL4 construct.
  • the fusion construct prepared in this way (GR-GAL4-humanPPARdelta-LBD) was recloned into the plasmid pcDNA3 (Invitrogen) in order to enable constitutive expression by the cytomegalovirus promoter.
  • This plasmid was linearized with a restriction endonuclease and stably transfected into the previously described cell clone containing the luciferase reporter element.
  • the resulting PPARdelta reporter cell line which contains a luciferase reporter element and constitutively expresses the PPARdelta fusion protein (GR-GAL4-human PPARdelta-LBD) was isolated by selection with zeocin (0.5 mg/ml) and G418 (0.5 mg/ml).
  • the activity of PPARdelta agonists is determined in a 3-day assay in exact analogy to the procedure already described for the PPARalpha reporter cell line except that the PPARdelta reporter cell line and a specific PPARdelta agonist was used as a standard to control test efficacy.
  • PPARdelta EC50 values in the range from 0.2 nM to >10 ⁇ M were measured for the PPAR agonists of Examples 1 to 49 described in this application.
  • Compounds of the invention of the formula I activate the PPARdelta receptor.
  • R8 and R10 H and Z is a bond.
  • a dotted line means the point of attachment.
  • the compound of general formula A-3 is reacted with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in the presence of a base as triethylamine in a solvent as tetrahydrofuran and methanol to obtain a compound of general formula A-4.
  • This reaction can be facilitated by heating the reaction mixture under microwave irradiation.
  • This compound of general formula A-4 is converted to the product of general formula A-5 by reaction with phenylchloroformate in the presence of a base as pyridine or diisopropylethylamine followed by heating the reaction mixture with microwave irradiation to allow cyclization or alternatively isolating the resulting intermediate and treating it with a base as 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7- ene in a solvent as acetonitrile.
  • a base as pyridine or diisopropylethylamine
  • Examples 1 - 10 and 35-36 were obtained according to process A.
  • a compound of general formula B-1 where X is O, S, CH 2 O or CH 2 S and R5, R7, R8, R9, R10, U, V, W, Y and Z are as defined above is reacted with a fluoro-nitrile of general formula B-2 where R1 , R2, R3 and B are as defined above in the presence of a base such as cesium carbonate or sodium hydride in a solvent such as dimethylformamide to give a compound of general formula B-3.
  • compound B-3 is treated with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in the presence of a base such as triethylamine in a solvent as tetrahydrofuran and methanol to obtain a compound of general formula B-4.
  • Compound B-4 is converted to the product of general formula B-5 by reaction with phenylchloroformate in the presence of a base as pyridine or diisopropylethylamine followed by heating the reaction mixture under microwave irradiation to allow cyclization or alternatively isolating the resulting intermediate and treating it with a base as 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene in a solvent as acetonitrile.
  • a base as pyridine or diisopropylethylamine
  • Examples 11 - 21 and 37-46 were obtained according to process B. Other compounds can be obtained accordingly or by known processes.
  • a compound of general formula C-2 where R5, R7, R8, R9, R10, U, V, W, Y and Z are as defined above is reacted with a benzylic bromide of general formula C-1 where B, R1 , R2, R3 and R4 are as defined above in the presence of a base such as sodium hydride in a solvent such as dimethylformamide to give a compound of general formula C-3.
  • a base such as sodium hydride in a solvent such as dimethylformamide
  • a 1 compound C-3 is treated with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in the presence of a base such as triethylamine in a solvent as tetrahydrofuran and methanol to obtain a compound of general formula C-4.
  • This reaction can be facilitated by heating the reaction mixture under microwave irradiation.
  • Compound C-4 is converted to the product of general formula C-5 by reaction with phenylchloroformate in the presence of a base as pyridine or diisopropylethylamine followed by heating the reaction mixture under microwave irradiation to allow cyclization or alternatively isolating the resulting intermediate and treating it with a base as 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene in a solvent as acetonitrile.
  • a base as pyridine or diisopropylethylamine
  • Examples 21-33 were obtained according to process C.
  • a 3-oxo-carboxylic acid methyl- or ethyl ester of general formula D-1 where R5, Y and W are as defined above is reacted with sulfuryl chloride or chlorine to yield the corresponding chloride of general formula D-2.
  • This compound of general formula D-2 is reacted with a benzamide or thiobenzamide of general formula D-3, where U is S or O and R7, R8 and Z are as defined above to obtain a thiazole or oxazole ester of general formula D-4.
  • the ester of general formula D-4 is reduced with a reducing agent, for example lithium aluminium hydride, to the alcohol of general formula D-5, where R5, R7, R8, U, W, Y and Z are as defined above.
  • a compound of general formula D-5 is treated with an oxidizing agent as manganese dioxide in an apolar solvent as dichloromethane to obtain an aldehyde of general formula D-6 where W 1 Y 1 U, Z 1 A, R5, R7 and R8 are as defined above.
  • the aldehyde of general formula D-6 is reacted with a Grignard reagent of general formula D-7, where R9 is as defined above to obtain an secondary alcohol of general formula D-8.
  • a compound of general formula D-6 (derived from process D) is treated with a difluorotrimethylsilyl reagent of general formula E-1 where R" is (C1-C5)alkyl, (C2- C5)alkenyl , (C0-C5) alkylene-(C6-C14) aryl, (C0-C5) alkylene-(C5-C15) heteroaryl, (C0-C5) alkylene-(C3-C8) cycloalkyl, (C0-C5) alkylene-(C3-C8) cycloalkenyl, wherein alkyl and alkylene are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F and aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by halogen, (C1-C4) alkyl , -CF3, -CHF2, or O-(C1-C4)alky
  • This process is used for synthesizing the building blocks F-3, which corresponds to general formula C-1 of process C.
  • a 1-bromo-4-methyl-benzene of general formula F-1 where B, R1 , R2 , R3 and R4 are as defined above is reacted with copper cyanide in a polar solvent as dimethylformamide at elevated temperature as for example 150 - 200 0 C to obtain the 4-methyl-benzonitrile of of general formula F-2.
  • the 4-methyl-benzonitrile of of general formula F-2 is brominated by the treatment with N-bromosuccinimide in refluxing tetrachloromethane in the presence of a radical initiator like AIBN to obtain the 4- Bromomethyl-benzonitrile of general formula F-3.
  • G-1 G-2 G-3 A 4 _ fluoro-2-methylbenzonitrile of general formula G-1 is brominated by the treatment with N-bromosuccinimide in refluxing tetrachloromethane in the presence of a radical initiator like AIBN to obtain the 2-Bromomethyl-benzonitrile of general formula G-2.
  • the compound of general formula G-2 is reacted with a nucleophile, for example a primary or secondary amine or a sodium salt of a thiol or an alcohol, in a polar solvent such a dimethylformamide to obtain the compound of general formula G-3.
  • a nucleophile for example a primary or secondary amine or a sodium salt of a thiol or an alcohol
  • a 4-fluoro-2-bromobenzonitrile of general formula H-1 is converted to a compound of the general formula H-3 by reacting with a boronic acid or a boronic ester of general formula H-2, where M1 & M2 can be independently hydrogen or (C1-C8) alkyl.
  • M1/M2 can form a ring system and R1 is as defined above, using a catalytic amount of a transition metal as for example Palladium and a ligand as for example triphenylphosphin in the presence of a base as for example CS 2 CO 3 in a solvent as for example DMF/water.
  • PPh3 CHR 1-2 or
  • a 2-bromo-5-fluorobenzaldehyde of general formula 1-1 where R2, R3 and R4 are as defined above is reacted under Wittig type reaction conditions either with a triphenylphosphoranylidene of general formula I-2 where R is (C1-C7) alkyl, wherein alkyl is 1- to 5-fold substituetd by F; or with a phosphonat of general formula I-2 " where R is (C1-C7) alkyl, wherein alkyl is 1- to 5-fold substituetd by F in the presence of a base like sodium hydride or with a phosphonium salt of general formula I-2 " where R is (C1-C7) alkyl, wherein alkyl is 1- to 5-fold substituetd by F in the presence of a base as n-butyl lithium in a polar solvent as tetrahydrofuran to obtain a compound of general formula I-3 where R2, R3, R4 and R are as defined above.
  • a compound of general formula C-2 is reacted with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in the presence of a base as triethylamine in a solvent as tetrahydrofuran and methanol to obtain a compound of general formula C-3. This reaction can be facilitated by heating the reaction mixture under microwave irradiation.
  • a compound of general formula C-3 is converted to the product of general formula C-4 by reaction with phenylchloroformate in the presence of a base as pyridine or diisopropylethylamine followed by heating the reaction mixture with microwave irradiation to allow cyclization or alternatively isolating the resulting intermediate and treating it with a base as 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene in a solvent as acetonithle.
  • a base as pyridine or diisopropylethylamine
  • a compound of general formula K-1 where R5, R7, R8, R9, U, V, W, Y and Z are as defined above is treated with an oxidizing agent as manganese dioxide in an apolar solvent as dichloromethane to obtain a ketone of general formula K-2 where R5, R7, R8, R9, U, V, W, Y and Z are as defined above.
  • a 4-bromomethyl-benzonitrile of general formula K-3, where R1 , R2, R3, R4 and B are as defined above is reacted with a phosphite such as triethylphosphite under elevated temperature as for example 120 - 180 0 C to obtain a phosphonate of general formula K-4 where R1 , R2, R3, R4 and B are as defined above.
  • a phosphite such as triethylphosphite under elevated temperature as for example 120 - 180 0 C
  • the double bond of the compound of general formula K-5 is hydrogenated with hydrogen and a palladium catalyst in a polar solvent as methanol to obtain the compound of general formula K-6 where R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R7, R8, R9, B, U, V, W, Y and Z are as defined above.
  • Compound K-7 is converted to the product of general formula K-8 where R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R7, R8, R9, B, U, V, W, Y and Z are as defined above by reaction with phenylchloroformate in the presence of a base as pyridine or diisopropylethylamine followed by heating the reaction mixture under microwave irradiation to allow cyclization or alternatively isolating the resulting intermediate and treating it with a base as 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene in a solvent as acetonitrile.
  • a base as pyridine or diisopropylethylamine
  • Example 34 was obtained according to process K.
  • aryl methyl ether of general formula L-1 where R2, R3 and R4 are as defined above, is demethylated by the treatment with aluminium trichloride in refluxing dichloroethane to give the phenol of general formula L-2.
  • the phenol of general formula L-2 is reacted with an electrophile RX where X is a leaving group such as halide or a sulfonate in a polar solvent like dimethylformamide in the presence of a base like potassium carbonate to obtain a compound of general formula L-3.
  • 2,4-Difluoro-benzonitrile of formula M-1 is treated with an alcohol ROH in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran in presence of a base such as potassium tert-butoxide at 0- 5°C to give the ether of general formula M-2 where R is (C1-C4) alkyl or (CO- C2)alkylene-(C3-C6)cycloalkyl wherein alkyl and alkylene are unsubstituted or mono, di- or trisiibstitued by F.
  • R is (C1-C4) alkyl or (CO- C2)alkylene-(C3-C6)cycloalkyl wherein alkyl and alkylene are unsubstituted or mono, di- or trisiibstitued by F.
  • the oxazole or thiazole ester of general formula N-1 where R' is lower alkyl, U, V, R7 and R8 are as defined above, is brominated by the treatment with N-bromosuccinimide in refluxing tetrachloromethane or dichloromethane in the presence of a radical initiator like AIBN or benzoyl peroxide to yield the brominated product of general formula N-2.
  • the alkyl bromide of general formula N-2 is reacted with a nucleophile Y-R5, where Y is OH or Y is NH(R6) and R5, R6 are as defined above, in a polar solvent like acetonitrile in the presence of a base like potassium carbonate to obtain a compound of general formula N-3.
  • the ester of general formula N-3 is reduced with a reducing agent, such as lithium aluminium hydride, to the alcohol of general formula N-4.
  • a compound of general formula N-4 is treated with an oxidizing agent such as manganese dioxide in an apolar solvent as dichloromethane to obtain an aldehyde of general formula N-5 where Y, U, V, R5, R7 and R8 are as defined above.
  • the aldehyde of general formula N-5 is reacted with a Grignard reagent of general formula N-6, where R9 is as defined above to obtain an secondary alcohol of general formula N-7.
  • (+)-(R)-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1 -ol (-)-(S)-1 -[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- propan-1-ol was obtained by saponification of (+)-(R)-methoxy-phenyl-acetic acid (S)- 1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propyl ester.
  • C14H14F3NOS (301.33), MS(ESI): 302.2 (M+H + ).
  • Bromomethyl-naphthalene-1-carbonitrile was obtained from commercially available 1- cyano-4-metylnaphthalene.
  • 2-Bromo- 4-bromomethyl-benzonitrile was obtained from commercially available 2-Bromo-4- methyl-benzonitrile.
  • Difluoro-biphenyl-2-carbonitrile was obtained from 2-Bromo-4-fluorobenzonitrile and 4- fluorobenzene boronic acid. C13H7F2N (215.20).
  • 4-Fluoro-2-methoxy-benzonitrile was prepared according to a previous publication: 5 To a solution of 1 g of 4-fluoro-2-methoxy-benzonitrile in 15 ml_ of dichloroethane was added 1.1 g of aluminium trichloride. The resulting mixture was refluxed for 1 day then poured slowly into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic extracts were washed twice with 10% aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide. The combined basic layers were washed twice with ethyl acetate, acidified with concentrated aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid and extracted three times with ethyl acetate.
  • the crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient from heptane 100 to heptane 80/ ehtyl acetate 20) to give 0.42 g of 2-difluoromethoxy-4,5-difluoro-benzonitrile as a yellowish liquid.
  • 3-(2-chloro-4- ⁇ 1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy ⁇ -phenyl)- 4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one 3-(2-chloro-4- ⁇ 2- methyl-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy ⁇ - phenyl)-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 2-Methyl-1 -[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1 -ol and 2-chloro-4-hydroxybenzonitrile.
  • 3-(2-chloro-4- ⁇ 1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy ⁇ -phenyl)- 4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one 3-(2-chloro-4- ⁇ 3- methyl-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-butoxy ⁇ - phenyl)-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 3-Methyl-1 -[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-butan-1 -ol and 2-chloro-4-hydroxybenzonitrile.
  • the racemate was separated into its enantiomers by chromatography on chiral phase
  • 3-(2-chloro-4- ⁇ 1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy ⁇ -phenyl)- 4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one 3-(2-chloro-4- ⁇ 1 -[4- methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-2-phenyl-ethoxy ⁇ - phenyl)-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-2-phenyl-ethanol and 2-chloro-4-hydroxybenzonitrile.
  • 3-(2-chloro-4- ⁇ 1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy ⁇ -phenyl)- 4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one 3-(2-Chloro-4- ⁇ 2-(4- fluoro-phenyl)-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy ⁇ -phenyl)-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 2-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethanol and 2-chloro-4-hydroxybenzonitrile.
  • 3-(2-chloro-4- ⁇ 1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy ⁇ -phenyl)- 4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one 3-(2-Chloro-4- ⁇ 1-[4- methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-2-pyridin-2-yl-ethoxy ⁇ -phenyl)-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-2-pyridin-2-yl-ethanol and 2-chloro-4-hydroxybenzonitrile.
  • 3-(2-Bromo-4- ⁇ 1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy ⁇ -phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one 3-[4- ⁇ 1 -[4-Methyl-2- (4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy ⁇ -2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxymethyl)- phenyl]-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1-ol and 4-Fluoro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxymethyl)- benzonitrile.
  • the racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.
  • [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1 -ol and 2-Ethoxymethyl-4-fluoro-benzonitrile.
  • the racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.
  • [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1 -ol and 2-Cyclopropyl-4-fluoro-benzonitrile.
  • the racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.
  • 3-(2-Bromo-4- ⁇ 1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy ⁇ -phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one 3-(4- ⁇ 1 -[4-Methyl-2- (4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy ⁇ -naphthalen-1-yl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol- 5-one was obtained from 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan- 1-ol and commercially available 1-Cyano-4-fluoronaphthalene.
  • the racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.
  • [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1-ol and commercially available 4-fluoro-2-
  • [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1 -ol and 5,4'-Difluoro-biphenyl-2-carbonitrile.
  • the racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.
  • [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 2,2,2-Trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethanol and 2-Chloro-4-fluoro-benzonitrile.
  • the racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.
  • 3-(2-Bromo-4- ⁇ 1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy ⁇ -phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one 3-(2-Chloro-4- ⁇ 2,2- difluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-butoxy ⁇ -phenyl)-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 2,2-Difluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-butan-1-ol and 2-Chloro-4-fluoro-benzonithle.
  • the racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.
  • the resiudue was purified by reversed phase HPLC to obtain 840 mg 2-Fluoro-4- ⁇ 2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxymethyl ⁇ -benzonitrile as an oil.
  • the racemate was separated into its enantiomers by chromatography on chiral phase
  • the racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.
  • 2-Fluoro-4- ⁇ 2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxymethyl ⁇ -benzonitrile 2-Bromo-4- ⁇ 2,2,2- trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxymethyl ⁇ -benzonitrile was obtained from 2,2,2-Trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- ethanol and 2-Bromo-4-bromomethyl-benzonitrile.
  • the racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Psychology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)

Abstract

The invention relates to phenyl-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-one derivatives with phenyl group in all its stereoisomeric forms and mixtures in any ratio, and its physiologically acceptable salts and tautomeric forms showing PPARdelta agonist activity. What is described are compounds of the formula (I), wherein the radicals are as defined, and their physiologically acceptable salts and processes for their preparations. The compounds are suitable for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders of fatty acid metabolism and glucose utilization disorders as well as of disorders in which insulin resistance is involved and demyelinating and other neurodegenerative disorders of the central and peripheral nervous system.

Description

Phenyl-[1 ,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-one derivatives with phenyl group, processes for their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals
The invention relates to phenyl-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one derivatives with phenyl group and to their physiologically acceptable salts and physiologically functional derivatives showing PPARdelta agonist activity.
PPARdelta agonists have been described in the prior art (e.g. WO 01/00603, WO 02/092590, WO2004/080943, WO2005/054213 and WO2005/097786). Compounds comprising an oxadiazolone feature as inhibitors of factor Xa were disclosed in DE 101 12 768 A1 , oral hypoglycemic agents in WO 96/13264. From WO 97/40017 compounds having a phenyl group linked to heterocycles are known as modulators of molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition units. Benzene derivatives as inhibitors of squalene synthase and protein farnesyltransferase are described in WO96/34851.
The invention is based on the object of providing compounds, which permit therapeutically utilizable modulation of lipid and/or carbohydrate metabolism and are thus suitable for the prevention and/or treatment of diseases such as type 2 diabetes and atherosclerosis and the diverse sequelae thereof. Another purpose of the invention is to treat demyelinating and other neurodegenerative disorders of the central and peripheral nervous systems.
A series of compounds which modulate the activity of PPA receptors has been found. The compounds are suitable in particular for activating PPARdelta and PPARalpha, however it being possible for the extent of the relative activation to vary depending on the compounds.
Compounds of the present invention are described by formula I:
Figure imgf000003_0001
formula I
wherein
R1 is H, halogen, (C1-C8) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-H, (C3-
C7) cycloalkyl, SCH3, CN, (C6-C10) aryl, wherein alkyl, alkylene and aryl are unsubstituted or 1- to 5-fold substituted by F;
B is C(R4) or N;
R2.R3 are independently is H, halogen, (C1-C8) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-H, (C3- C7) cycloalkyl, SCH3, CN, (C6-C10) aryl, wherein alkyl, alkylene and aryl are unsubstituted or 1- to 5-fold substituted by F;
R2 and R3 together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded form a (C6-C10) aryl or a (C5-C10) heteroaryl ring.
R4 is H, halogen, (C1-C8) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-H, (C3- C7) cycloalkyl, SCH3, CN, (C6-C10) aryl, wherein alkyl, alkylene and aryl are unsubstituted or 1- to 5-fold substituted by F;
X is O, S, S(O), S(O)2, O-CH2, S-CH2, CH2-O, CH2-S; -CH2- Z is a bond, (C1-C8) alkylene, (C2-C8) alkenylene, (C2-C8) alkylidene, (C1-
C6) alkylene-O-(C1-C6) alkyl ;
one of U and V is N the other is S or O;
W is a bond, (C1-C8) alkylene, (C2-C8) alkenylene, wherein alkylene and alkenylene are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by OH and F;
Y is a bond, O, S, S(O), S(O)2, N(R6) and
R5 is H, (C1-C8) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C13) cycloalkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-
(C6-C14) aryl, (C2-C8) alkenyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C15) heterocycloalkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C15) heterocycloalkenyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-(C5-C15) heteroaryl, wherein alkyl and alkylene can be mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F, (C1-C4) alkyl and O-(C0-C4) alkylene-H and wherein cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl and heteroaryl are mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F, Cl, Br, CF3, (C1-C4) alkyl and O-(C0-C4) alkylene-H;
R6 is H, (C1-C8) alkyl, (C2-C8) alkenyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C6) cycloalkyl , wherein alkyl and alkenyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by
F and O-(C0-C4)-alkylene-H;
R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded (Y = N(R6)) form a (C3-C9)-heterocycloalkyl, a (C3-C9)-heterocycloalkenyl or a (C5-C9)- heteroaryl which can contain additionally 1 to 3 heteroatoms N, O, S and which is unsubstituted or mono- or disubstituted by F, CF3, (C1-C4) alkyl, O- (C1-C4) alkyl, CH2-OH, SO2-(C1-C4) alkyl, CO-(C1-C4) alkyl, CO-NH2, NH- CO-(C1-C4) alkyl, (C6-C14) aryl and (C5-C15) heteroaryl;
R7, R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, (C1-C8) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-H, SCF3, SF5, S(O)2CF3, (CO- C4) alkylene-O-(C6-C12) aryl, (C0-C4) alkylene-(C6-C12) aryl, NO2, wherein alkyl and alkylene are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F and aryl is unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by halogen, (C1- C4) alkyl or 0-(C 1-C4) alkyl ;
R9 is (C1-C6) alkyl, (C2-C6) alkenyl, (C0-C6) alkylene-(C6-C14) aryl, (C0-C6) alkylene-(C5-C15) heteroaryl, (C0-C6) alkylene-(C3-C8) cycloalkyl, (C0-C6) alkylene-(C3-C8) cycloalkenyl, wherein alkyl and alkylene are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F and aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and cycloalkenyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by halogen, (C1-C4) alkyl, -CF3, -CHF2, or O-(C1-C4)alkyl;
R10 is H, F, (C1-C6) alkyl, (C2-C6) alkenyl, (C0-C6) alkylene-(C6-C14) aryl, (CO- C6) alkylene-(C5-C15) heteroaryl, (C0-C6) alkylene-(C3-C8) cycloalkyl, (CO- C6) alkylene-(C3-C8) cycloalkenyl, wherein alkyl and alkylene are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F and aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and cycloalkenyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by halogen, (C1-C4) alkyl, -CF3, -CHF2, or O-(C1-C4) alkyl;
in all its stereoisomeric forms, enantiomeric forms and mixtures in any ratio, and its physiologically acceptable salts and tautomeric forms.
Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I wherein
B is (C(R4) and
R4 is H.
Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I wherein
X is O, O-CH2.
Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I wherein
X is O.
Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I wherein
X is O-CH2.
Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein
R1 is H, halogen, (C1-C4) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C2) alkylene-H, (C3-
C6) cycloalkyl, phenyl, wherein alkyl, alkylene and phenyl are unsubstituted or mono, di- or trisubstitued by F.
Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein
R2 is H and
R3 is H, F
or
R2 and R3 together with the C-atoms to which they are bonded form a (C6)-aryl or a (C5-C6) heteroaryl ring.
Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein
R2 is H and
R3 is H, F. Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I1 wherein
R2 and R3 together with the C-atoms to which they are bonded form a (C6)-aryl or a (C5-C6) heteroaryl ring.
Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein
W is CH2,
Y is a bond, R5 is H.
Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein
Z is a bond.
Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I1 wherein
U is O, S and
V is N.
Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein
U is S and V is N.
Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein
R7 is F, Cl, (C1-C4) alkyl, (C0-C2) alkylene-O-(C1-C2) alkylene-H, (C0-C4) alkylene-phenyl, wherein alkyl, alkylene and phenyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F, and
R8 is H.
Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein
R7 is in para position to Z.
Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein
R8 is H.
Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein
R9 is (C1-C4) alkyl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C6-C10) aryl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C5-C6) heteroaryl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C3-C6) cycloalkyl, wherein alkyl and alkylene, are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F and aryl , heteroaryl and cycloalkyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by halogen, (C1-C4) alkyl, -CF3, -CHF2, or O-(C1-C4)alkyl; and
R10 is H.
Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein
W is a bond, (C1-C3) alkylene; Y is a bond, N(R6) and
R5 is H, (C1-C3) alkyl, wherein alkyl can be mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
R6 is H, (C1-C3) alkyl, wherein alkyl can be mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded (Y = N(R6)) form a (C4-C6)-heterocycloalkyl, which can contain additionally 1 to 2 heteroatoms N, O, S and which is unsubstituted or mono- or disubstituted by
F1 CF3, (C1-C3) alkyl, O-(C1-C3) alkyl;
Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein R1 is H, halogen, (C1-C4) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C2) alkylene-H, (C3-
C6) cycloalkyl, phenyl, wherein alkyl, alkylene and phenyl are unsubstituted or mono, di- or trisubstitued by F;
R9 is (C1-C4) alkyl, (C0-C3) alkylene-phenyl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C5-C6) heteroaryl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C3-C6) cycloalkyl, wherein alkyl, alkylene, phenyl , heteroaryl and cycloalkyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F; and
R10 is H.
Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein
R1 is H, halogen, (C1-C4) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C2) alkylene-H, (C3-
C6) cycloalkyl, phenyl, wherein alkyl, alkylene and phenyl are unsubstituted or mono, di- or trisubstitued by F;
W is a bond, (C1-C3) alkylene; Y is a bond, N(R6) and
R5 is H, (C1-C3) alkyl, wherein alkyl can be mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
R6 is H, (C1-C3) alkyl, wherein alkyl can be mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded (Y = N(R6)) form a (C4-C6)-heterocycloalkyl, which can contain additionally 1 to 2 heteroatoms N, O, S and which is unsubstituted or mono- or disubstituted by
F, CF3, (C1-C3) alkyl, O-(C1-C3) alkyl.
Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I, wherein R1 is H, halogen, (C 1 -C4) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C2) alkylene-H, (C3-
C6) cycloalkyl, phenyl, wherein alkyl, alkylene and phenyl are unsubstituted or mono, di- or trisubstitued by F;
R9 is (C1-C4) alkyl, (C0-C3) alkylene-phenyl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C5-C6) heteroaryl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C3-C6) cycloalkyl, wherein alkyl, alkylene, phenyl , heteroaryl and cycloalkyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F; and
R10 is H.
W is a bond, (C1-C3) alkylene;
Y is a bond, N(R6) and
R5 is H, (C1-C3) alkyl, wherein alkyl can be mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
R6 is H, (C1-C3) alkyl, wherein alkyl can be mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F; R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded (Y = N(R6)) form a (C4-C6)-heterocycloalkyl, which can contain additionally 1 to 2 heteroatoms N1 O, S and which is unsubstituted or mono- or disubstituted by F, CF3, (C1-C3) alkyl, O-(C1-C3) alkyl;
Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I where one or more substituents have the following meaning:
R1 is H, halogen, OH, O-(C1-C2) alkyl, (C3-C6) cycloalkyl, wherein alkyl is unsubstituted or mono, di- or trisubstitued by F;
R2 is H;
R3 is H1 F;
B is C(R4) and
R4 is H;
X is O, O-CH2;
V is N and
U is O1 S;
W is a bond, CH2;
Y is a bond, N(R6);
R5 iiss HH., ( (CC11--CC33)) aallkkyl, wherein alkyl can be mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
R6 is H, (C1-C3) alkyl, wherein alkyl can be mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F; R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded (Y = N(R6)) form a (C4-C6)-heterocycloalkyl, which can contain additionally 1 to 2 heteroatoms N, O, S and which is unsubstituted or mono- or disubstituted by F, CF3, (C1-C3) alkyl, O-(C1-C3) alkyl; preferably piperidine which is unsubstituted or mono- or disubstituted by F, CF3, (C1-C3) alkyl, O-(C1-C3) alkyl; most preferably piperidine monosubstituted by CF3;
Z is a bond;
R7 is H, halogen, (C1-C3) alkyl, O-(C1-C3) alkyl, phenyl, wherein alkyl and phenyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
R8 is H ;
R9 is (C1-C4) alkyl, (C0-C3) alkylene-phenyl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C5-C6) heteroaryl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C3-C6) cycloalkyl, wherein alkyl, alkylene, phenyl and heteroaryl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
R10 is H.
Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I where one or more substituents have the following meaniclaim 13ng:
R1 is H, halogen, (C1-C2) alkylene-O-(C1-C2) alkyl, (C3-C6) cycloalkyl, wherein alkylene and alkyl are unsubstituted or mono, di- or trisubstitued by F;
R2 is H;
R3 is H, F;
B is C(R4) and
R4 is H; X is O, O-CH2;
V is N and U is O, S;
W is CH2;
Y is a bond;
R5 is H;
Z is a bond;
R7 is H, halogen, (C1-C3) alkyl, O-(C1-C3) alkyl, phenyl, wherein alkyl and phenyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
R8 is H ;
R9 is (C1-C4) alkyl, (C0-C3) alkylene-phenyl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C5-C6) heteroaryl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C3-C6) cycloalkyl, wherein alkyl, alkylene, phenyl, cycloalkyl and heteroaryl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
R10 is H.
Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I where one or more substituents have the following meaning:
B is C(R4), N; R1 is H, F1CI1 Br, OH1 O-CH3, O-CHF2, O-CH2-CF3, CF3, CH2-CH3, CH2-O-
CH2-CF3, CH2-O-CH3, CH2-O-CH2-CH3; cyclopropyl;
R2 is H;
R3 is H, F;
R4 is H;
R2 and R3 together with the C-atoms to which they are bonded and the ring carrying them form a naphthalene or a quinoline-ring.
X is O, CH2, O-CH2;
V is N,
U is S;
W is CH2;
Y is a bond, N(R6);
R5 is H;
R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded (Y = N(R6)) form a piperidine which is monosubstituted by CF3;
Z is a bond;
R7 is CF3;
R8 is H; R9 is CH3, CH2CH3, C3H7, C4H9, CF3, CF2-CH2-CH3, phenyl, CH2-phenyl,
CH2-CH2-phenyl, CH2-4-F-phenyl, CH2-pyridyl, CF2-cyclopropyl, CF2-4-CHF2- phenyl;
R10 is H.
Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I where one or more substituents have the following meaning:
R1 is F, OH, OCH3, OCHF2, OCH2CF3;
R2 is H;
R3 is H, F;
B is C(R4) and
R4 is H;
X is O;
V is N and
U is S;
W is a bond, CH2;
Y is a bond, N(R6);
R5 is CH3; R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded (Y = N(R6)) form a piperidine which is unsubstituted or mono- or disubstituted by F, CF3, (C1- C3) alkyl, O-(C1-C3) alkyl, preferably by CF3;
Z is a bond;
R7 is CF3;
R8 is H;
R9 is CH2-CH3;
R10 is H.
Another embodiment according to the invention are compounds of the formula I where one or more substituents have the following meaning:
R1 is H Cl1 F, CH3, CH2-CH3, cyclopropyl, CF3, CH2-O-CH3, CH2-O-CH2-
CF3, CH2-O-CH2-CH3, 4-F-phenyl;
R2 is H;
R3 is H;
B is C(R4) and
R4 is H;
X is O, O-CH2;
V is N and
U is S;
W is CH2; Y is a bond;
R5 is H;
Z is a bond;
R7 is CF3;
R8 is H;
R9 is CH2-CH3, CH2-phenyl , CH2-4-F-phenyl, CH2-pyridyl, CF3, CF2-CH3, CF2-cyclopropyl;
R10 is H.
Most preferred compounds are :
3-(2-Chloro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)- 4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Chloro-4-{2-methyl-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}- phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Chloro-4-{3-methyl-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-butoxy}- phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Chloro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)- 4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Chloro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-2-phenyl-ethoxy}- phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one 3-(2-Chloro-4-{[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-phenyl-methoxy}- phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Chloro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-3-phenyl-propoxy}- phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Chloro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-oxazol-5-yl]-3-phenyl-propoxy}- phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Chloro-4-{2-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- ethoxy}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Chloro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-2-pyridin-2-yl- ethoxy}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Bromo-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-
4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-[4-{1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro- ethoxymethyl)-phenyl]-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Methoxymethyl-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}- phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Ethoxymethyl-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}- phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Ethyl-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Cyclopropyl-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}- phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(4-{1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-naphthalen-1-yl)- 4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one 3-(4-{1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-2-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(4'-Fluoro-5-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-biphenyl- 2-yl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Chloro-4-{2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- ethoxy}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Chloro-4-{2,2-difluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- butoxy}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Fluoro-4-{2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- ethoxymethyl}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Chloro-4-{2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- ethoxymethyl}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Cyclopropyl-4-{2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- ethoxymethyl}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(8-{2,2,2-Trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- ethoxymethyl}-quinolin-5-yl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(4-{2,2,2-Trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- ethoxymethyl}-naphthalen-1 -yl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Chloro-6-{2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- ethoxymethyl}-pyridin-3-yl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Fluoro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxymethyl}- phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(4-{1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxymethyl}-naphthalen- 1-yl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one 3-(4-{1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxymethyl}-phenyl)-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(4-{2,2-Difluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-butoxymethyl}- phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(4-{2-Cyclopropyl-2,2-difluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- ethoxymethyl}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(4-{2-(4-Difluoromethyl-phenyl)-2,2-difluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxymethyl}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Fluoro-4-{2-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-hexyl}-phenyl)-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Fluoro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)- 4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Fluoro-4-{(R)-1 -[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1 - ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Difluoromethoxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}- phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Methoxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)- 4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Methoxy-4-{(R)-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}- phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Hydroxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)- 4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one 3-(5-Fluoro-2-methoxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
3-(5-Fluoro-2-methoxy-4-{(R)-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Difluoromethoxy-5-fluoro-4-{(R)-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5- yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Methoxy-4-{1 -[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1 - ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
3-(5-Fluoro-2-methoxy-4-{1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin- 1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-(2,2,2-Trifluoro-ethoxy)-4-{1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl- piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Difluoromethoxy-4-{1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1- ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Difluoromethoxy-4-{(R)-1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl- piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
3-(2-Difluoromethoxy-5-fluoro-4-{1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl- piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
3-[5-Fluoro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-2-(2,2,2- trifluoro-ethoxy)-phenyl]-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
3-[4-{1.[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro- ethoxy)-phenyl]-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one 3-[4-{(R)-1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-2-(2,2,2- trifluoro-ethoxy)-phenyl]-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
3-(5-Fluoro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-4-{1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4- trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol- 5-one
This invention also encompasses all combinations of preferred aspects of the invention described herein.
As used herein, the term alkyl is to be understood in the broadest sense to mean saturated hydrocarbon residues which can be linear, i. e. straight-chain, or branched. If not otherwise defined alkyl has 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of ,,-(C1-C8)-alkyl" are alkyl residues containing 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 carbon atoms are methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl or octyl, the n-isomers of all these residues, isopropyl, isobutyl, 1-methylbutyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3- methylpentyl, isohexyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl or tert-pentyl. The term ,,-(C0-C8)-alkyl" is a hydrocarbon residue containing 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 carbon atoms, in which the term ,,-CO-alkyl" is a covalent bond. All these statements apply also to the term alkylene.
As used herein, the term alkenyl is to be understood in the broadest sense to mean hydrocarbon residues which has 1 to 4 double bonds and can be linear, i. e. straight- chain, or branched. If not otherwise defined alkenyl has 2 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of ,,-(C2-C8)-alkenyl" are alkenyl residues containing 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 carbon atoms are, for example vinyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl (= allyl), 2-butenyl, 3- butenyl, 2-methyl-2-butenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, 5-hexenyl or 1 ,3-pentadienyl. All these statements apply also to the term alkenylene.
As used herein, the term alkinyl is to be understood in the broadest sense to mean hydrocarbon residues, which has 1 to 4 triple bonds and can be linear, i. e. straight- chain, or branched. If not otherwise defined alkinyl has 2 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of ,,-(C2-C8)-alkinyl" are alkinyl residues containing 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 carbon atoms are, for example ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl (= propargyl) or 2-butynyl. All these statements apply also to the term alkylidene.
All these statements also apply if an alkyl group occurs as a substituent on another residue, for example in an alkyloxy residue, an alkyloxycarbonyl residue or an arylalkyl residue.
If not otherwise defined, alkyl, alkylene, alkenyl, alkenylene, alkinyl and alkinylene are unsubstituted or mono, di- or trisubstituted independently of one another by suitable groups such as, for example: F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, NO2, CN, COOH, CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C6-C10) aryl, CO-O-(C1-C4) alkyl, CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3- C13)cycloalkyl, CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C15)heterocycle, CO-N((C0-C4) alkylene- H)-(C0-C4) alkylene- (C6-C10) aryl, CO-N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C0-C4) alkylene-H, CO-N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C0-C4) alkylene- (C3-C13)cycloalkyl, CO-N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C0-C4) alkylene- (C3-C15) heterocycle, (C0-C4) alkylene-(C3- C6)cycloalkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl, (C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C15)heterocycle, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkinyl, O-(C0-C6)-alkyl, O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C6-C10) aryl, O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C12)cycloalkyl, O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C15)heterocycle, O- CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C6-C10) aryl, 0-CO-O-(C 1-C4) alkyl, O-CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C13)cycloalkyl, O-CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C15)heterocycle, S-(CI- C4)alkyl, S-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C13)cycloalkyl, S-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C6-C10) aryl, S- (C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C15) heterocycle, SO-(CI -C4)alkyl, SO-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3- C13)cycloalkyl, SO-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C6-C10) aryl, SO-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C15) heterocycle, SO2-(C1-C4)alkyl, SO2-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C13)cycloalkyl, SO2-(C0- C4) alkylene-(C6-C10) aryl, SO2-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C15) heterocycle, SO2-N((C0- C4)alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl, SO2-N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-(C0- C4)alkylene-H, SO2-N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C3-C13)cycloalkyl, SO2- N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C3-C15)heterocyclewhere the aryl ring or heterocyclic ring is unsubstituted or mono- or disubstituted by F, Cl, Br, OH, CF3, NO2, CN, OCF3, O-(C1-C6)-alkyl, (C1-C6)-alkyl, N((C0-C4)-alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)-alkylene-H; N((C0-C4)-alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)-alkylene-H, N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkylene- H)-(CI -C6)cycloalkyl, N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C6-C12)-aryl, N((C0- C4)alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C3-C15)heterocycle, N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-CO- (C0-C4)alkylene-(C6-C12)-aryl, N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-CO-(C0-C4)alkyl, N((C0- C4)alkylene-H)-CO-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C3-C13)cycloalkyl, N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-CO- (C0-C4)alkylene-(C3-C15)heterocycle, N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-CO-O-(C0- C4)alkylene-(C6-C12)-aryl, N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-CO-O-(C0-C4)alkyl, N((C0- C4)alkylene-H)-CO-O-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C3-C13)cycloalkyl, N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)- CO-O-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C3-C15)heterocycle, N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-CO-N((C0-C4)- alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C6-C12)-aryl, N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-CO-N((C0-C4)- alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkyl, N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-CO-N((C0-C4)-alkylene-H)-(C0- C4)alkylene-(C3-C13)cycloalkyl, N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-CO-N((C0-C4)-alkylene-H)- (C0-C4)alkylene-(C3-C15)heterocycle, where the aryl ring or heterocyclic ring is unsubstituted or mono- or disubstituted by F, Cl, Br, I, OH, CF3, NO2, CN, OCF3, O- (C1-C6)-alkyl, (C1-C6)-alkyl, N((C0-C4)-alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)-alkylene-H, SO2-CH3, COOH, COO-(C1-C6)-alkyl, SF5, CONH2.
The term cycloalkyl is to be understood to mean saturated hydrocarbon cycle containing from 3 to 13 carbon atoms in a mono- or bicyclic, fused, bridged or spirocyclic ring. Examples of (C3-C13)-cycloalkyl cyclic alkyl residues are cycloalkyl residues containing 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 , 12 or 13 ring carbon atoms like cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl, cycloundecyl or cyclododecyl. The term cycloalkyl also includes bicyclic groups in which any of the above cycloalkyl ring is fused to a benzene ring, for example indane and 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene.
The term cycloalkenyl is to be understood to mean unsaturated hydrocarbon cycle containing from 3 to 8 carbon atoms in a mono- or bicyclic , fused or bridged ring, wherein the one, two or three double bonds are not located within a cyclic alkyl group in such a manner that an aromatic system results. Examples of unsaturated cycloalkenyl groups are cyclopentenyl or cyclohexenyl, which can be bonded via any carbon atom. The term cycloalkenyl also includes bicyclic groups in which any of the above cycloalkenyl ring is fused to a benzene ring, for example 1 ,2- dihydronaphthalene, 1 ,4-dihydronaphthalene and 1 H-indene.
If not otherwise defined cycloalkyl or cycloalkenyl are unsubstituted or mono, di- or trisubstituted independently of one another by suitable groups such as, for example: F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, NO2, CN, COOH, CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C6-C10) aryl, CO-O-(CI -C4) alkyl, CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C13)cycloalkyl, CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3- C15)heterocycle,, CO-N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C1-C6)alkylene-H, CO-N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C1-C6)cycloalkyl, CON((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C6-C12)- aryl, (C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C6)cycloalkyl, (C3-C6)alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)- alkinyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl, (C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C15)heterocycle, 0-(CO- C6)-alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C4) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C4) alkylene- (C3-C13)cycloalkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C15)heterocycle, O-CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C6- C10) aryl, 0-CO-O-(C 1-C4) alkyl, O-CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C13)cycloalkyl, O- CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C15)heterocycle, O-CO-N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C0-C4) alkylene- (C6-C10) aryl, O-CO-N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C0-C4) alkylene-H, O-CO- N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C0-C4) alkylene- (C3-C13)cycloalkyl, O-CO-N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C0-C4) alkylene- (C3-C15) heterocycle,S-(C1-C4)alkyl, S-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C13)cycloalkyl, S-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C6-C10) aryl, S-(C0-C4) alkylene- (C3-C15) heterocycle, SO-(CI -C4)alkyl, SO-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C13)cycloalkyl, SO- (C0-C4) alkylene-(C6-C10) aryl, SO-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C15) heterocycle, SO2-(C1- C4)alkyl, SO2-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C13)cycloalkyl, SO2-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C6-C10) aryl, SO2-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C15) heterocycle, SO2-N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-(C0- C4)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl, SO2-N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkylene-H, SO2-N((C0- C4) alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C3-C13)cycloalkyl, SO2-N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-(C0- C4)alkylene-(C3-C15)heterocycle, where the aryl ring or heterocyclic ring is unsubstituted or mono- or disubstituted by F, Cl, Br, OH, CF3, NO2, CN, OCF3, O- (C1-C6)-alkyl, (C1-C6)-alkyl, N((C0-C4)-alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)-alkylene-H; N((C0-C4)-alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)-alkylene-H, N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkylene- H)-(CI -C6)cycloalkyl, N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C6-C12)-aryl, N((C0- C4)alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C3-C15)heterocycle, N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-CO- (C0-C4)alkylene-(C6-C12)-aryl, N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-CO-(C0-C4)alkyl, N((C0- C4)alkylene-H)-CO-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C3-C13)cycloalkyl, N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-CO- (C0-C4)alkylene-(C3-C15)heterocycle, N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-CO-O-(C0- C4)alkylene-(C6-C12)-aryl, N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-CO-O-(C0-C4)alkyl, N((C0- C4)alkylene-H)-CO-O-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C3-C13)cycloalkyl, N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)- CO-O-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C3-C15)heterocycle, N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-CO-N((C0-C4)- alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C6-C12)-aryl, N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-CO-N((C0-C4)- alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkyl, N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-CO-N((C0-C4)-alkylene-H)-(C0- C4)alkylene-(C3-C13)cycloalkyl, N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-CO-N((C0-C4)-alkylene-H)- (C0-C4)alkylene-(C3-C15)heterocycle, where the aryl or heterocyclic ring is unsubstituted or mono- or disubstituted by F, Cl, Br, I, OH, CF3, NO2, CN, OCF3, O- (C1-C6)-alkyl, (C1-C6)-alkyl, N((C0-C4)-alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)-alkylene-H,SO2-CH3, COOH, COO-(CI -C6)-alkyl, SF5, CONH2.
The term "aryl" is understood to mean aromatic hydrocarbon ring containing from 6 to 14 carbon atoms in a mono- or bicyclic ring. Examples of (C6-C14)-aryl rings are phenyl, naphthyl, for example 1-naphthyl and 2-naphthyl, biphenylyl, for example 2- biphenylyl, 3-biphenylyl and 4-biphenylyl, anthryl or fluorenyl. Biphenylyl rings, naphthyl ringand, in particular, phenyl ringare further embodiments of aryl ring.
The terms heterocycle is understood to mean saturated (heterocycloalkyl), partly unsaturated (heterocycloalkenyl) or unsaturated (heteroaryl) hydrocarbon rings containing from 3 to 15 carbon atoms in a mono- or bicyclic , fused, bridged or spirocyclicring in which 1 to 5 carbon atoms of the 3 to 15 ring carbon atoms are replaced by heteroatoms such as nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur in which further the heteroatoms can be oxidized, for example N=O, S=O, SO2. Examples of heterocycles are acridinyl, azaindole (1 H-pyrrolopyhdinyl), azabenzimidazolyl, azaspirodecanyl, azepinyl, azetidinyl, aziridinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, carbazolyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, cinnolinyl, decahydrochinolinyl, 4,5-dihydrooxazolinyl, dioxazolyl, dioxazinyl, 1 ,3-dioxolanyl, 1 ,3-dioxolenyl, 3,3-dioxo[1 ,3,4]oxathiazinyl, 6H- 1 ,5,2-dithiazinyl, dihydrofuro[2,3-b]-tetrahydrofuranyl, furanyl, furazanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, 1 H-indazolyl, indolinyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, 3H-indolyl, isobenzofuranyl, isochromanyl, isoindazolyl, isoindolinyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl (benzimidazolyl), isothiazolyl, isothiazolidinyl, isothiazolinyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolinyl, isoxazolidinyl, 2-isoxazolinyl, ketopiperazinyl, morpholinyl, naphthyridinyl, octahydroisoquinolinyl, oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,5- oxadiazolyl, 1 ,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2-oxa-thiepanyl, 1 ,2-oxathiolanyl, 1 ,4-oxazepanyl, 1 ,4- oxazepinyl, 1 ,2-oxazinyl, 1 ,3-oxazinyl, 1 ,4-oxazinyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolyl, oxetanyl, oxocanyl, phenanthridinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxathiinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridooxazolyl, pyridoimidazolyl, pyridothiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidinonyl, pyrrolinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinuclidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrazinyl, tetrazolyl, 6H-1 ,2,5-thiadiazinyl, 1 ,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1 ,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1 ,2,5-thiadiazolyl, 1 ,3,4-thiadiazolyl, thianthrenyl, 1 ,2-thiazinyl, 1 ,3- thiazinyl, 1 ,4-thiazinyl, 1 ,3-thiazolyl, thiazolyl, thiazolidinyl, thiazolinyl, thienyl, thietanyl, thienothiazolyl, thienooxazolyl, thienoimidazolyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiophenolyl, thiophenyl, thiopyranyl, 1 ,2,3-triazinyl, 1 ,2,4-triazinyl, 1 ,3,5-triazinyl, 1 ,2,3-triazolyl, 1 ,2,3-triazolyl, 1 ,2,4-triazolyl, 1 ,2,5-triazolyl, 1 ,3,4-triazolyl and xanthenyl.
The heterocyclic rings are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by suitable groups such as, for example: F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, NO2, CN, COOH, CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C6-C10) aryl, CO-O-(C1-C4) alkyl, CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-
C13)cycloalkyl, CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C15)heterocycle,, CO-N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C1-C6)alkylene-H, CO-N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C1-C6)cycloalkyl, CON((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C6-C12)-aryl, (C0-C4) alkylene-(C3- C6)cycloalkyl, (C3-C6)alkyl, (C2-C6)-alkenyl, (C2-C6)-alkinyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-(C6- C10)aryl, (C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C15)heterocycle, O-(C0-C6)-alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O- (C0-C4) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C13)cycloalkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3- C15)heterocycle, O-CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C6-C10) aryl, 0-CO-O-(CI -C4) alkyl, O- CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C13)cycloalkyl, O-CO-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3- C15)heterocycle, O-CO-N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C0-C4) alkylene- (C6-C10) aryl, O- CO-N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C0-C4) alkylene-H, O-CO-N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C0-C4) alkylene- (C3-C13)cycloalkyl, O-CO-N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C0-C4) alkylene- (C3- C15) heterocycle,S-(C1-C4)alkyl, S-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C13)cycloalkyl, S-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C6-C10) aryl, S-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C15) heterocycle, SO-(C1-C4)alkyl, SO-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C13)cycloalkyl, SO-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C6-C10) aryl, SO-(CO- C4) alkylene-(C3-C15) heterocycle, SO2-(C1-C4)alkyl, SO2-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3- C13)cycloalkyl, SO2-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C6-C10) aryl, SO2-(C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C15) heterocycle, SO2-N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl, SO2-N((C0- C4)alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkylene-H, SO2-N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C3- C13)cycloalkyl, SO2-N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C3-C15)heterocycle, where the aryl ring or heterocyclic ring is unsubstituted or mono- or disubstituted by F, Cl, Br, OH, CF3, NO2, CN, OCF3, O-(C1-C6)-alkyl, (C1-C6)-alkyl, N((C0-C4)-alkylene- H)-(C0-C4)-alkylene-H,;
N((C0-C4)-alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)-alkylene-H, N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkylene- H)-(C 1-C6)cycloalkyl, N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C6-C12)-aryl, N((C0- C4)alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C3-C15)heterocycle, N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-CO-(C0- C4)alkylene-(C6-C12)-aryl, N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-CO-(C0-C4)alkyl, N((C0-
C4)alkylene-H)-CO-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C3-C13)cycloalkyl, N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-CO- (C0-C4)alkylene-(C3-C15)heterocycle, N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-CO-O-(C0-C4)alkylene- (C6-C12)-aryl, N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-CO-O-(C0-C4)alkyl, N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-CO- O-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C3-C13)cycloalkyl, N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-CO-O-(C0-C4)alkylene- (C3-C15)heterocycle, N((C0-C4) alkylene-H)-CO-N((C0-C4)-alkylene-H)-(C0-
C4)alkylene-(C6-C12)-aryl, N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-CO-N((C0-C4)-alkylene-H)-(C0- C4)alkyl, N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-CO-N((C0-C4)-alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkylene-(C3- C13)cycloalkyl, N((C0-C4)alkylene-H)-CO-N((C0-C4)-alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)alkylene- (C3-C15)heterocycle, where the aryl or heterocyclic ring is unsubstituted or mono- or disubstituted by F, Cl, Br, I, OH, CF3, NO2, CN, OCF3, O-(C1-C6)-alkyl, (C1-C6)-alkyl, N((C0-C4)-alkylene-H)-(C0-C4)-alkylene-H,SO2-CH3, COOH, COO-(CI -C6)-alkyl, SF5, CONH2. The term "R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded (Y = N(R6)) can form a (C3-C9)-heterocycle which for example can contain additionally 1 to 3 heteroatoms" refer to structures of heterocycles which can be derived from compounds such as for example pyrrolidine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, piperidine, piperazine, azetidine, 2,3-dihydro-1 H-isoindole, piperazin-2-one, azetidine, isoindoline, 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, thiomorpholine 1 -oxide, thiomorpholine 1 ,1 -dioxide, piperidin-4-one, piperidin-3-one, homopiperidine, homopiperazine, homomorpholine, 2,3,6,7-tetrahydro-(1 H)-1 ,4-diazepin-5(4H)-one, 4-oxazolidine, azetidin-3-one, thiazolidine, thiazolidine 1 -oxide, thiazolidine 1 ,1 -dioxide, 4-imidazolidinone, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[1 ,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazine, 1 ,4- diazabicyclo[4.3.0]nonane, 2-aza-5-oxabicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptane, 2-oxa-5- azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, diazabicyclo[4.4.0]decane, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrothieno[3,2- c]pyridine, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1 H-imidazol[4,5-c]-pyridine, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-1 H- pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridine, 3,8-diaza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane, octahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrole, 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, 4-spiro-[3-(N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone)]-piperidine, 2,8- diaza-spiro[5.5]undecane, 2,7-diaza-spiro[4.4]nonane, 3,9-diaza-spiro[5.5]undecane, 2,8-diaza-spiro[4.5]decane, 2,7-diaza-spiro[3.5]nonane, 2,9-diaza-spiro[5.5]undecane, 2,7-diaza-spiro[4.5]decane, 1-oxa-4,9-diaza-spiro[5.5]undecane, 1-oxa-4,8-diaza- spiro[5.5]undecane.
The term "R2 and R3 together with the C-atoms to which they are bonded form a (C6- C10) aryl- or a (C5-C10) heteroaryl ring"
Figure imgf000029_0001
refer to structures of bicyclic aromatic or heteroaryl rings which comprise 10 to 14 (aryl) or 9 to 14 (heteroaryl) ring atoms in total. The term "oxo-residue" or "=O" refers to residues such as carbonyl (-CO-), nitroso (- N=O), sulfinyl (-SO-) or sulfonyl (-SO2-).
Halogen is fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
Optically active carbon atoms present in the compounds of the formula I can independently of each other have R configuration or S configuration. The compounds of the formula I can be present in the form of pure enantiomers or pure diastereomers or in the form of mixtures of enantiomers and/or diastereomers, for example in the form of racemates. The present invention relates to pure enantiomers and mixtures of enantiomers as well as to pure diastereomers and mixtures of diastereomers. The invention comprises mixtures of two or of more than two stereoisomers of the formula I and it comprises all ratios of the stereoisomers in the mixtures. In case the compounds of the formula I can be present as E isomers or Z isomers (or cis isomers or trans isomers) the invention relates both to pure E isomers and pure Z isomers and to E/Z mixtures in all ratios. The invention also comprises all tautomeric forms of the compounds of the formula I.
Diastereomers, including E/Z isomers, can be separated into the individual isomers, for example, by chromatography. Racemates can be separated into the two enantiomers by customary methods, for example by chromatography on chiral phases or by resolution, for example by crystallization of diastereomeric salts obtained with optically active acids or bases. Stereochemical^ uniform compounds of the formula I can also be obtained by employing stereochemical^ uniform starting materials or by using stereoselective reactions.
The compounds of the formula I may exist in the form of their racemates, racemic mixtures, pure enantiomers, diastereomers and mixtures of diastereomers as well in their tautomeric forms. The present invention encompasses all these isomeric and tautomeric forms of the compounds of the formula I. These isomeric forms can be obtained by known methods even if not specifically described in some cases. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are, because their solubility in water is greater than that of the initial or basic compounds, particularly suitable for medical applications. These salts must have a pharmaceutically acceptable anion or cation. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of the compounds of the invention are salts of inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic, phosphoric, metaphosphoric, nitric and sulfuric acid, and of organic acids such as, for example, acetic acid, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glycolic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, maleic, malic, methanesulfonic, succinic, p-toluenesulfonic and tartaric acid. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable basic salts are ammonium salts, alkali metal salts (such as sodium and potassium salts), alkaline earth metal salts (such as magnesium and calcium salts), and salts of trometamol (2-amino-2-hydroxymethyl-1 ,3-propanediol), diethanolamine, lysine or ethylenediamine.
Salts with a pharmaceutically unacceptable anion such as, for example, trifluoroacetate likewise belong within the framework of the invention as useful intermediates for the preparation or purification of pharmaceutically acceptable salts and/or for use in nontherapeutic, for example in vitro, applications.
The term "physiologically functional derivative" used herein refers to any physiologically tolerated derivative of a compound of the formula I of the invention, for example an ester, which on administration to a mammal such as, for example, a human is able to form (directly or indirectly) a compound of the formula I or an active metabolite thereof.
Physiologically functional derivatives also include prodrugs of the compounds of the invention, as described, for example, in H. Okada et al., Chem. Pharm. Bull. 1994, 42, 57-61. Such prodrugs can be metabolized in vivo to a compound of the invention. These prodrugs may themselves be active or not.
The compounds of the invention may also exist in various polymorphous forms, for example as amorphous and crystalline polymorphous forms. All polymorphous forms of the compounds of the invention belong within the framework of the invention and are a further aspect of the invention.
All references to "compound(s) of formula I" hereinafter refer to compound(s) of the formula I as described above, and their salts, solvates and physiologically functional derivatives as described herein.
Use
This invention relates further to the use of compounds of the formula I and their pharmaceutical compositions as PPAR ligands. The PPAR ligands of the invention are suitable as modulators of PPAR activity.
Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptors (PPAR) are transcription factors which can be activated by ligands and belong to the class of nuclear hormone receptors. There are three PPAR isoforms, PPARalpha, PPARgamma and PPARdelta (identical to PPARbeta), which are encoded by different genes (Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR): structure, mechanisms of activation and diverse functions: Motojima K., Cell Struct Funct., 1993, 18(5), 267-77).
In humans, PPARgamma exists in three variants, PPARgammai, gamma2, and gamma3, which are the result of alternative use of promoters and differential mRNA splicing. Different PPARs have different tissue distribution and modulate different physiological functions. The PPARs play a key role in various aspects of the regulation of a large number of genes, the products of which genes are directly or indirectly crucially involved in lipid and carbohydrate metabolism. Thus, for example, the PPARalpha receptor plays an important part in the regulation of fatty acid catabolism or lipoprotein metabolism in the liver, while PPARgamma is crucially involved for example in regulating adipose cell differentiation. In addition, however, PPARs are also involved in the regulation of many other physiological processes, including those which are not directly connected with carbohydrate or lipid metabolism. The activity of different PPARs can be modulated by various fatty acids, fatty acid derivatives and synthetic compounds to varying extents. For relevant reviews about functions, physiological effects and pathophysiology, see: Berger, J. et al., Annu. Rev. Med.,
2002, 53, 409-435; Wilson, T. et al., J. Med. Chem., 2000, 43 (4), 527-550; Kliewer, S. et al., Recent Prog Horm Res., 2001 , 56, 239-63; Moller, D. E. and Berger, J. P., lnt J Obes Relat Metab Disord., 2003, 27 Suppl 3, 17-21 ; Ram, V.J., Drugs Today, 2003, 39(8),609-32).
Among the three PPAR-isoforms the physiological functions of PPARdelta have long remained an enigma. The first proposed pharmacological role for PPARdelta has been the regulation of cholesterol homeostasis. It was shown that the somewhat selective PPARdelta ligand L-165041 raises plasma cholesterol in a diabetic animal model (Berger J. et al., J. Biol. Chem., 1999, 274, 6718-6725; Leibowitz M. D. et al., FEBS Lett., 2000, 473(3), 333-336). In obese, insulin resistant rhesus monkeys, the potent and selective PPARdelta ligand GW501516 raises HDL-cholesterol, decreases plasma LDL-cholesterol, triglycerides and insulin levels (Oliver, W. et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL, 2001 , 98, 5306-5361 ). The dual PPARdelta/PPARalpha agonist YM-16638 significantly lowers plasma lipids in rhesus and cynomolgus monkeys (Goto, S. et al., Br. J. Pharm., 1996, 118, 174-178) and acts in a similar manner in two weeks clinical trials in healthy volunteers (Shimokawa, T. et al., Drug Dev. Res., 1996, 38, 86-92).
More recent publications underline that PPARdelta is an important target for the treatment of dyslipidemia, insulin resistance, type 2 diabetes, atherosclerosis and syndrom X (Wang,Y-X. et al., Cell, 2003, 113, 159-170; Luquet, S. et al., FASEB J.,
2003, 17, 209-226 ; Tanaka, T. et al., PNAS, 2003, 100, 15924-15929 ; Hoist, D. et al., BioChem. Biophys. Acta, 2003, 1633, 43-50; Dressel, U. et al., MoI. Endocrin., 2003, 17, 2477-2493 ; Lee, CH. et al., Science, 2003, 302, 453-457).
Besides its actions as a regulator of the lipid-, glucose- and cholesterol-metabolism PPARdelta is known to play a role in embryonic development, implantation and bone formation (Lim, H. and Dey, S. K., Trends Endocrinol Metab., 2000, 11(4), 137-42; Ding, N.Z. et al., MoI Reprod Dev., 2003, 66(3), 218-24; Mano, H. et al., J Biol Chem., 2000, 275(11 ), 8126-32). Numerous publications demonstrate that PPARdelta is triggering proliferation and differentiation of keratinocytes which points to its role in skin disorders and wound healing (Di-Poi, N. et al., J Steroid Biochem MoI Biol., 2003, 85(2-5), 257-65; Tan, N.S. et al., Am J Clin Dermatol., 2003,4(8), 523-30; Wahli, W., Swiss Med WkIy., 2002, 132(7-8),83-91 ).
PPARdelta appears to be significantly expressed in the CNS; however much of its function there still remains undiscovered. Of singular interest however, is the discovery that PPARdelta was expressed in rodent oligodendrocytes, the major lipid producing cells of the CNS (J. Granneman, et al., J. Neurosci. Res., 1998, 51 , 563- 573). Moreover, it was also found that a PPARdelta selective agonist was found to significantly increase oligodendroglial myelin gene expression and myelin sheath diameter in mouse cultures (I. Saluja et al., GNa, 2001 , 33, 194-204). Thus, PPARdelta activators may be of use for the treatment of demyelinating and dysmyelinating diseases. The use of peroxisome proliferator activated receptor delta agonists for the treatment of MS and other demyelynating diseases can be shown as described in WO2005/097098.
Demyelinating conditions are manifested in loss of myelin - the multiple dense layers of lipids and protein which cover many nerve fibers. These layers are provided by oligodendroglia in the central nervous system (CNS), and Schwann cells in the peripheral nervous system (PNS). In patients with demyelinating conditions, demyelination may be irreversible; it is usually accompanied or followed by axonal degeneration, and often by cellular degeneration. Demyelination can occur as a result of neuronal damage or damage to the myelin itself - whether due to aberrant immune responses, local injury, ischemia, metabolic disorders, toxic agents, or viral infections (Prineas and McDonald, Demyelinating Diseases. In Greenfield's Neuropathology, δ.sup.th ed. (Edward Arnold: New York, 1997) 813-811 , Beers and Berkow, eds., The Merck Manual of Diagnosis and Therapy, 17.sup.th ed. (Whitehouse Station, N.J.: Merck Research Laboratories, 1999) 1299, 1437, 1473-76, 1483). Central demyelination (demyelination of the CNS) occurs in several conditions, often of uncertain etiology, that have come to be known as the primary demyelinating diseases. Of these, multiple sclerosis (MS) is the most prevalent. Other primary demyelinating diseases include adrenoleukodystrophy (ALD), adrenomyeloneuropathy, AIDS- vacuolar myelopathy, HTLV-associated myelopathy, Leber's hereditary optic atrophy, progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy (PML), subacute sclerosing panencephalitis, Guillian-Barre syndrome and tropical spastic paraparesis. In addition, there are acute conditions in which demyelination can occur in the CNS, e.g., acute disseminated encephalomyelitis (ADEM) and acute viral encephalitis. Furthermore, acute transverse myelitis, a syndrome in which an acute spinal cord transection of unknown cause affects both gray and white matter in one or more adjacent thoracic segments, can also result in demyelination. Also, disorders in which myelin forming glial cells are damaged including spinal cord injuries, neuropathies and nerve injury.
The present invention relates to compounds of the formula I suitable for modulating the activity of PPARs, especially the activity of PPARdelta and PPARalpha. Depending on the modulation profile, the compounds of the formula I are suitable for the treatment, control and prophylaxis of the indications described hereinafter, and for a number of other pharmaceutical applications connected thereto (see, for example, Berger, J., et al., Annu. Rev. Med., 2002, 53, 409-435; Wilson, T. et al., J. Med. Chem., 2000, 43(4), 527-550; Kliewer, S. et al., Recent Prog Horm Res., 2001 , 56, 239-63; Fruchart, J. C. et al., 2001 , Pharmacological Research, 44(5), 345-52; Kersten, S. et al., Nature, 2000, 405, 421-424; Torra, I. P. et al., Curr Opin Lipidol, 2001 ,12, 245-254).
Compounds of this type are particularly suitable for the treatment and/or prevention of:
1. - Disorders of fatty acid metabolism and glucose utilization disorders.
- Disorders in which insulin resistance is involved
2. Diabetes mellitus, especially type 2 diabetes, including the prevention of the sequelae associated therewith.
Particular aspects in this connection are
- hyperglycemia, - improvement in insulin resistance, - improvement in glucose tolerance,
- protection of the pancreatic β cells
- prevention of macro- and microvascular disorders
3. Dyslipidemias and their sequelae such as, for example, atherosclerosis, coronary heart disease, cerebrovascular disorders etc, especially those (but not restricted thereto) which are characterized by one or more of the following factors:
- high plasma triglyceride concentrations, high postprandial plasma triglyceride concentrations, - low HDL cholesterol concentrations
- low ApoA lipoprotein concentrations
- high LDL cholesterol concentrations
- small dense LDL cholesterol particles
- high ApoB lipoprotein concentrations
4. Various other conditions which may be associated with the metabolic syndrome, such as:
- obesity (excess weight), including central obesity
- thromboses, hypercoagulable and prothrombotic states (arterial and venous) - high blood pressure
- heart failure such as, for example (but not restricted thereto), following myocardial infarction, hypertensive heart disease or cardiomyopathy
5. Disorders or conditions in which inflammatory reactions are involved: - atherosclerosis such as, for example (but not restricted thereto), coronary sclerosis including angina pectoris or myocardial infarction, stroke
- vascular restenosis or reocclusion
- chronic inflammatory bowel diseases such as, for example, Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis - asthma
- lupus erythematosus (LE) or inflammatory rheumatic disorders such as, for example, rheumatoid arthritis - other inflammatory states
6. Disorders of cell cycle or cell differentiation processes:
- adipose cell tumors - lipomatous carcinomas such as, for example, liposarcomas
- solid tumors and neoplasms such as, for example (but not restricted thereto), carcinomas of the gastrointestinal tract, of the liver, of the biliary tract and of the pancreas, endocrine tumors, carcinomas of the lungs, of the kidneys and the urinary tract, of the genital tract, prostate carcinomas etc - acute and chronic myeloproliferative disorders and lymphomas
- angiogenesis
7. Demyelinating and other neurodegenerative disorders of the central and peripheral nervous systems including: - Alzheimer's disease
- multiple sclerosis
- Parkinson's disease
- adrenoleukodystrophy (ALD)
- adrenomyeloneuropathy - AIDS-vacuolar myelopathy
- HTLV-associated myelopathy
- Leber's hereditary optic atrophy
- progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy (PML)
- subacute sclerosing panencephalitis - Guillian-Barre syndrome
- tropical spastic paraparesis
- acute disseminated encephalomyelitis (ADEM)
- acute viral encephalitis
- acute transverse myelitis - spinal cord and brain trauma
- Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease 8. Skin disorders and/or disorders of wound healing processes:
- erythemato-squamous dermatoses such as, for example, psoriasis
- acne vulgaris
- other skin disorders and dermatological conditions which are modulated by PPAR
- eczemas and neurodermitis
- dermatitis such as, for example, seborrheic dermatitis or photodermatitis
- keratitis and keratoses such as, for example, seborrheic keratoses, senile keratoses, actinic keratosis, photo-induced keratoses or keratosis follicularis - keloids and keloid prophylaxis
- warts, including condylomata or condylomata acuminata
- human papilloma viral (HPV) infections such as, for example, venereal papillomata, viral warts such as, for example, molluscum contagiosum, leukoplakia - papular dermatoses such as, for example, Lichen planus
- skin cancer such as, for example, basal-cell carcinomas, melanomas or cutaneous T-cell lymphomas
- localized benign epidermal tumors such as, for example, keratoderma, epidermal naevi - chilblains
- wound healing
9. Other disorders
- high blood pressure - pancreatitis
- syndrome X
- polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS)
- asthma
- osteoarthritis - lupus erythematosus (LE) or inflammatory rheumatic disorders such as, for example, rheumatoid arthritis
- vasculitis - wasting (cachexia)
- gout
- ischemia/reperfusion syndrome
- acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS)
Formulations
The amount of a compound of formula I necessary to achieve the desired biological effect depends on a number of factors, for example the specific compound chosen, the intended use, the mode of administration and the clinical condition of the patient. The daily dose is generally in the range from 0.001 mg to 100 mg (typically from 0.01 mg to 50 mg) per day and per kilogram of bodyweight, for example 0.1-10 mg/kg/day. An intravenous dose may be, for example, in the range from 0.001 mg to 1.0 mg/kg, which can suitably be administered as infusion of 10 ng to 100 ng per kilogram and per minute. Suitable infusion solutions for these purposes may contain, for example, from 0.1 ng to 10 mg, typically from 1 ng to 10 mg, per milliliter. Single doses may contain, for example, from 1 mg to 10 g of the active ingredient. Thus, ampules for injections may contain, for example, from 1 mg to 100 mg, and single-dose formulations which can be administered orally, such as, for example, capsules or tablets, may contain, for example, from 0.05 to 1000 mg, typically from 0.5 to 600 mg. For the therapy of the abovementioned conditions, the compounds of formula I may be used as the compound itself, but they are preferably in the form of a pharmaceutical composition with an acceptable carrier. The carrier must, of course, be acceptable in the sense that it is compatible with the other ingredients of the composition and is not harmful for the patient's health. The carrier may be a solid or a liquid or both and is preferably formulated with the compound as a single dose, for example as a tablet, which may contain from 0.05% to 95% by weight of the active ingredient. Other pharmaceutically active substances may likewise be present, including other compounds of formula I. The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be produced by one of the known pharmaceutical methods, which essentially consist of mixing the ingredients with pharmacologically acceptable carriers and/or excipients. Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are those suitable for oral, rectal, topical, peroral (for example sublingual) and parenteral (for example subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal or intravenous) administration, although the most suitable mode of administration depends in each individual case on the nature and severity of the condition to be treated and on the nature of the compound of formula I used in each case. Coated formulations and coated slow-release formulations also belong within the framework of the invention. Preference is given to acid- and gastric juice- resistant formulations. Suitable coatings resistant to gastric juice comprise cellulose acetate phthalate, polyvinyl acetate phthalate, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate and anionic polymers of methacrylic acid and methyl methacrylate.
Suitable pharmaceutical preparations for oral administration may be in the form of separate units such as, for example, capsules, cachets, suckable tablets or tablets, each of which contain a defined amount of the compound of formula I; as powders or granules, as solution or suspension in an aqueous or nonaqueous liquid; or as an oil- in-water or water-in-oil emulsion. These compositions may, as already mentioned, be prepared by any suitable pharmaceutical method which includes a step in which the active ingredient and the carrier (which may consist of one or more additional ingredients) are brought into contact. The compositions are generally produced by uniform and homogeneous mixing of the active ingredient with a liquid and/or finely divided solid carrier, after which the product is shaped if necessary. Thus, for example, a tablet can be produced by compressing or molding a powder or granules of the compound, where appropriate with one or more additional ingredients. Compressed tablets can be produced by tableting the compound in free-flowing form such as, for example, a powder or granules, where appropriate mixed with a binder, glidant, inert diluent and/or one (or more) surface-active/dispersing agent(s) in a suitable machine. Molded tablets can be produced by molding the compound, which is in powder form and is moistened with an inert liquid diluent, in a suitable machine.
Pharmaceutical compositions which are suitable for peroral (sublingual) administration comprise suckable tablets which contain a compound of formula I with a flavoring, normally sucrose and gum arabic or tragacanth, and pastilles which comprise the compound in an inert base such as gelatin and glycerol or sucrose and gum arabic.
Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for parenteral administration comprise preferably sterile aqueous preparations of a compound of formula I, which are preferably isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient. These preparations are preferably administered intravenously, although administration may also take place by subcutaneous, intramuscular or intradermal injection. These preparations can preferably be produced by mixing the compound with water and making the resulting solution sterile and isotonic with blood. Injectable compositions of the invention generally contain from 0.1 to 5% by weight of the active compound.
Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for rectal administration are preferably in the form of single-dose suppositories. These can be produced by mixing a compound of the formula I with one or more conventional solid carriers, for example cocoa butter, and shaping the resulting mixture.
Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for topical use on the skin are preferably in the form of ointment, cream, lotion, paste, spray, aerosol or oil. Carriers which can be used are petrolatum, lanolin, polyethylene glycols, alcohols and combinations of two or more of these substances. The active ingredient is generally present in a concentration of from 0.1 to 15% by weight of the composition, for example from 0.5 to 2%.
Transdermal administration is also possible. Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for transdermal uses can be in the form of single plasters which are suitable for long-term close contact with the patient's epidermis. Such plasters suitably contain the active ingredient in an aqueous solution which is buffered where appropriate, dissolved and/or dispersed in an adhesive or dispersed in a polymer. A suitable active ingredient concentration is about 1 % to 35%, preferably about 3% to 15%. A particular possibility is for the active ingredient to be released by electrotransport or iontophoresis as described, for example, in Pharmaceutical Research, 2(6): 368 (1986). The compounds of the formula I are distinguished by favorable effects on metabolic disorders. They beneficially influence lipid and sugar metabolism, in particular they lower the triglyceride level and are suitable for the prevention and treatment of type Il diabetes and atheriosclerosis and the diverse sequalae thereof.
Combinations with other medicaments
The compounds of the invention can be administered alone or in combination with one or more further pharmacologically active substances. In particular, the compounds of the invention can be administered in combination with active ingredients having a similar pharmacological action. For example, they can be administered in combination with active ingredients which have favorable effects on metabolic disturbances or disorders frequently associated therewith. Examples of such medicaments are
1. medicaments which lower blood glucose, antidiabetics,
2. active ingredients for the treatment of dyslipidemias,
3. antiatherosclerotic medicaments,
4. antiobesity agents,
5. antiinflammatory active ingredients 6. active ingredients for the treatment of malignant tumors
7. antithrombotic active ingredients
8. active ingredients for the treatment of high blood pressure
9. active ingredients for the treatment of heart failure and
10. active ingredients for the treatment and/or prevention of complications caused by diabetes or associated with diabetes.
11.active ingredients for the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases
12. active ingredients for the treatment of disorders of the central nervous system
13. active ingredients for the treatment of drug, nicotine and alcohol addiction
14. analgesics
They can be combined with the compounds of the invention of the formula I in particular for a synergistic enhancement of activity. Administration of the active ingredient combination can take place either by separate administration of the active ingredients to the patient or in the form of combination products in which a plurality of active ingredients are present in one pharmaceutical preparation.
Particularly suitable further active ingredients for the combination preparations are: All antidiabetics mentioned in the Rote Liste 2006, Chapter 12; all slimming agents/appetite supressants mentioned in the Rote Liste 2006, Chapter 1 ; all lipid- lowering agents mentioned in the Rote Liste 2006, Chapter 58. They can be combined with the compound of the formula I according to the invention in particular for a synergistic enhancement of activity. The active compound combination can be administered either by separate administration of the active compounds to the patient or in the form of combination preparations in which a plurality of active compounds are present in a pharmaceutical preparation. Most of the active compounds listed below are disclosed in USP Dictionary of USAN and International Drug Names, US Pharmacopeia, Rockville 2001.
Antidiabetics include insulin and insulin derivatives, such as, for example, Lantus® (see www.lantus.com) or HMR 1964 or those descibed in WO2005005477 (Novo Nordisk), fast-acting insulins (see US 6,221 ,633), inhalable insulins, such as, for example, Exubera ® or oral insulins, such as, for example, IN-105 (Nobex) or Oral-lyn™ (Generex Biotechnology), GLP-1 derivatives, such as, for example, Exenatide,
Liraglutide or those disclosed in WO 98/08871 or WO2005027978 by Novo Nordisk A/S, in WO 01/04156 by Zealand or in WO 00/34331 by Beaufour-lpsen, pramlintide acetate (Symlin; Amylin Pharmaceuticals), and also orally effective hypoglycemic active ingredients.
The active compounds preferably include sulfonylureas, biguanidines, meglitinides, oxadiazolidinediones, thiazolidinediones, glucosidase inhibitors, inhibitors of glycogen phosphorylase, glucagon antagonists, glucokinase activators, inhibitors of fructose-1 ,6-bisphosphatase, modulators of the glucose transporter 4 (GLUT4), inhibitors of glutamine:fructose-6-phosphate amidotransferase (GFAT),
GLP-1 agonists, potassium channel openers, such as, for example, those disclosed in WO 97/26265 and WO 99/03861 by Novo Nordisk A/S, inhibitors of dipeptidylpeptidase IV (DPP-IV), insulin sensitizers, inhibitors of liver enzymes involved in the stimulation of gluconeogenesis and/or glycogenosis, modulators of glucose uptake, glucose transport and glucose backresorption, inhibitors of 11 β-HSD1 , inhibitors of protein tyrosine phosphatase 1 B (PTP1 B), modulators of the sodium/glucose cotransporter 1 or 2 (SGLT1 , SGLT2), compounds which alter lipid metabolism, such as antihyperlipidemic active ingredients and antilipidemic active ingredients, compounds which reduce food intake or food absorption, compounds which increase thermogenesis,
PPAR and RXR modulators and active ingredients which act on the ATP-dependent potassium channel of the beta cells.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a HMGCoA reductase inhibitor, such as simvastatin, fluvastatin, pravastatin, lovastatin, atorvastatin, cerivastatin, rosuvastatin or L-659699.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a cholesterol resorption inhibitor, such as, for example, ezetimibe, tiqueside, pamaqueside, FM-VP4 (sitostanol/campesterol ascorbyl phosphate; Forbes Medi-Tech, WO2005042692), MD-0727 (Microbia Inc., WO2005021497) or with compounds as described in WO2002066464 (Kotobuki Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd.), WO2005062824 (Merck & Co.) or WO2005061451 and WO2005061452 (AstraZeneca AB).
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a PPAR gamma agonist, such as, for example, rosiglitazone, pioglitazone, JTT-501 , Gl 262570, R-483 or CS-011 (rivoglitazone).
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a PPAR alpha agonist, such as, for example, GW9578, GW-590735, K-111 , LY-674, KRP-101 or DRF-10945.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a mixed PPAR alpha/gamma agonist, such as, for example, muraglitazar, tesaglitazar, naveglitazar, LY-510929, ONO-5129, E-3030 or as described in WO00/64888, WO00/64876, WO03/020269, WO2004075891 , WO2004076402, WO2004075815, WO2004076447, WO2004076428, WO2004076401 , WO2004076426, WO2004076427, WO2006018118, WO2006018115, and WO2006018116 or in J. P. Berger et al., TRENDS in Pharmacological Sciences 28(5), 244-251 , 2005.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a PPAR delta agonist, such as, for example, GW-501516 or as described in WO2005097762, WO2005097786, WO2005097763, and WO2006029699.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with metaglidasen or with MBX-2044 or other partial PPAR gamma agonists/antagonists. In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a fibrate, such as, for example, fenofibrate, clofibrate or bezafibrate.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an MTP inhibitor, such as, for example, implitapide, BMS-201038, R- 103757 or those described in WO2005085226.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a CETP inhibitor, such as, for example, torcetrapib or JTT-705.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a bile acid resorption inhibitor (see, for example, US 6,245,744, US 6,221 ,897 or WO00/61568), such as, for example, HMR 1741 or those described in DE 10 2005 033099.1 and DE 10 2005 033100.9.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a polymeric bile acid adsorber, such as, for example, cholestyramine or colesevelam.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an LDL receptor inducer (see US 6,342,512), such as, for example, HMR1171 , HMR1586 or those described in WO2005097738.
In one embodiment, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with Omacor® (omega-3 fatty acids; highly concentrated ethyl esters of eicosapentaenoic acid and docosahexaenoic acid).
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an ACAT inhibitor, such as, for example, avasimibe. In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an antioxidant, such as, for example, OPC-14117, probucol, tocopherol, ascorbic acid, β-carotene or selenium.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a vitamin, such as, for example, vitamin B6 or vitamin B12.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a lipoprotein lipase modulator, such as, for example, ibrolipim (NO- 1886).
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an ATP-citrate lyase inhibitor, such as, for example, SB-204990.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a squalene synthetase inhibitor, such as, for example, BMS-188494 or as described in WO2005077907.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a lipoprotein(a) antagonist, such as, for example, gemcabene (Cl- 1027).
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an HM74A receptor agonists, such as, for example, nicotinic acid.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a lipase inhibitor, such as, for example, orlistat or cetilistat (ATL-962).
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with insulin. In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a sulfonylurea, such as, for example, tolbutamide, glibenclamide, glipizide or glimepiride.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a biguanide, such as, for example, metformin.
In another embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a meglitinide, such as, for example, repaglinide or nateglinide.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with a thiazolidinedione, such as, for example, troglitazone, ciglitazone, pioglitazone, rosiglitazone or the compounds disclosed in WO 97/41097 by Dr. Reddy's Research Foundation, in particular 5-[[4-[(3,4-dihydro-3-methyl-4-oxo-2- quinazolinylmethoxy]phenyl]methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an α-glucosidase inhibitor, such as, for example, miglitol or acarbose.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an active ingredient which acts on the ATP-dependent potassium channel of the beta cells, such as, for example, tolbutamide, glibenclamide, glipizide, glimepiride or repaglinide.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with more than one of the compounds mentioned above, for example in combination with a sulfonylurea and metformin, a sulfonylurea and acarbose, repaglinide and metformin, insulin and a sulfonylurea, insulin and metformin, insulin and troglitazone, insulin and lovastatin, etc.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an inhibitor of glycogen phosphorylase, such as, for example, PSN- 357 or FR-258900 or those described in WO2003084922, WO2004007455, WO2005073229-31 or WO2005067932.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with glucagon receptor antagonists, such as, for example, A-770077, NNC-25-2504 or such as in WO2004100875 or WO2005065680.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with activators of glucokinase, such as, for example, RO-4389620, LY- 2121260 (WO2004063179), PSN-105, PSN-110, GKA-50 or those described, for example, by Prosidion in WO2004072031 , WO2004072066, WO 05103021 or WO 06016178, by Roche in WO 00058293, WO 00183465, WO 00183478, WO 00185706, WO 00185707, WO 01044216, GB 02385328, WO 02008209, WO 02014312, WO 0246173, WO 0248106, DE 10259786, WO 03095438, US 04067939 or WO 04052869, by Novo Nordisk in EP 1532980, WO 03055482, WO 04002481 , WO 05049019, WO 05066145 or WO 05123132, by Merck/Banyu in WO 03080585, WO03097824, WO 04081001 , WO 05063738 or WO 05090332, by EIi Lilly in WO 04063194, or by Astra Zeneca in WO 01020327, WO 03000262, WO 03000267, WO 03015774, WO 04045614, WO 04046139, WO 05044801 , WO 05054200, WO 05054233, WO 05056530, WO 05080359, WO 05080360 or WO 05121110.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an inhibitor of gluconeogenesis, such as, for example, FR-225654.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with inhibitors of fructose-1 ,6-bisphosphatase (FBPase), such as, for example, CS-917.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with modulators of the glucose transporter 4 (GLUT4), such as, for example, KST-48 (D.-O. Lee et al.: Arzneim.-Forsch. Drug Res. 54 (12), 835 (2004)). In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with inhibitors of glutamine:fructose-6-phosphate amidotransferase (GFAT), as described, for example, in WO2004101528.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with inhibitors of dipeptidylpeptidase IV (DPP-IV), such as, for example, vildagliptin (LAF-237), sitagliptin (MK-0431), saxagliptin ((BMS-477118), GSK-823093, PSN-9301 , SYR-322, SYR-619, TA-6666, TS-021 , GRC-8200, GW-825964X or as described in WO2003074500, WO2003106456, WO200450658, WO2005058901 , WO2005012312, WO2005/012308, PCT/EP2005/007821 , PCT/EP2005/008005, PCT/EP2005/008002, PCT/EP2005/008004, PCT/EP2005/008283, DE 10 2005 012874.2 or DE 10 2005 012873.4.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with inhibitors of 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase-1 (11 β-HSD1), such as, for example, BVT-2733 or those described, for example, in WO200190090- 94, WO200343999, WO2004112782, WO200344000, WO200344009, WO2004112779, WO2004113310, WO2004103980, WO2004112784, WO2003065983, WO2003104207, WO2003104208, WO2004106294, WO2004011410, WO2004033427, WO2004041264, WO2004037251 , WO2004056744, WO2004065351 , WO2004089367, WO2004089380, WO2004089470-71 , WO2004089896, WO2005016877 or WO2005097759.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with inhibitors of protein tyrosine phosphatase 1 B (PTP1 B), as described, for example, in WO200119830-31 , WO200117516, WO2004506446, WO2005012295, PCT/EP2005/005311 , PCT/EP2005/005321 , PCT/EP2005/007151 , PCT/EP2005/ or DE 10 2004 060542.4.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with modulators of the sodium/glucose cotransporter 1 or 2 (SGLT1 , SGLT2), such as, for example, KGA-2727, T-1095 and SGL-0010 or as described, for example, in WO2004007517, WO200452903, WO200452902, WO2005121161 , WO2005085237, JP2004359630 or by A. L. Handlon in Expert Opin. Ther. Patents (2005) 15(11), 1531-1540.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with inhibitors of hormone-sensitive lipase (HSL), such as those described, for example, in WO01/17981 , WO01/66531 , WO2004035550, WO2005073199 or WO03/051842.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with inhibitors of acetyl-CoA carboxylase (ACC) such as those described, for example, in W0199946262, WO200372197, WO2003072197 or WO2005044814.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an inhibitor of phosphoenolpyruvate carboxykinase (PEPCK), such as those described, for example, in WO2004074288.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an inhibitor of glycogen synthase kinase-3 beta (GSK-3 beta), such as those described, for example, in US2005222220, WO2004046117, WO2005085230, WO2005111018, WO2003078403, WO2004022544, WO2003106410, WO2005058908, US2005038023, WO2005009997, US2005026984, WO2005000836, WO2004106343, EP1460075, WO2004014910, WO2003076442, WO2005087727 or WO2004046117.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an inhibitor of protein kinase C beta (PKC beta), such as, for example, ruboxistaurin.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with an endothelin-A receptor antagonist, such as, for example, avosentan (SPP-301). In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with inhibitors of "l-kappaB kinase" (IKK inhibitors), such as those described, for example, in WO2001000610, WO2001030774, WO2004022553 or WO2005097129.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor as described, for example, in WO2005090336.
In a further embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with CART modulators (see "Cocaine-amphetamine- regulated transcript influences energy metabolism, anxiety and gastric emptying in mice" Asakawa, A. et al.: Hormone and Metabolic Research (2001), 33(9), 554-558); NPY antagonists such as, for example, {4-[(4-aminoquinazolin-2-ylamino)methyl]- cyclohexylmethyl}naphthalene-1-sulfonamide hydrochloride (CGP 71683A); peptide YY 3-36 (PYY3-36) or analogous compounds, such as, for example, CJC-1682 (PYY3-36 conjugated with human serum albumin via Cys34), CJC-1643 (derivative of PYY3-36 which conjugates in vivo to serum albumin) or those described in WO2005080424; cannabinoid receptor 1 antagonists, such as, for example, rimonabant, SR147778 or those described, for example, in EP 0656354, WO 00/15609, WO 02/076949, WO2005080345, WO2005080328, WO2005080343, WO2005075450, WO2005080357, WO200170700, WO2003026647-48, WO200302776, WO2003040107, WO2003007887, WO2003027069, US6,509,367, WO200132663, WO2003086288, WO2003087037, WO2004048317, WO2004058145, WO2003084930, WO2003084943, WO2004058744, WO2004013120, WO2004029204, WO2004035566, WO2004058249, WO2004058255, WO2004058727, WO2004069838, US20040214837, US20040214855, US20040214856, WO2004096209, WO2004096763, WO2004096794, WO2005000809, WO2004099157, US20040266845, WO2004110453, WO2004108728, WO2004000817, WO2005000820, US20050009870, WO200500974, WO2004111033-34, WO200411038-39, WO2005016286, WO2005007111 , WO2005007628, US20050054679, WO2005027837, WO2005028456, WO2005063761-62, WO2005061509 or WO2005077897; MC4 agonists (for example [2-(3a-benzyl-2-methyl-3-oxo-2,3,3a,4,6,7-hexahydro- pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridin-5-yl)-1 -(4-chlorophenyl)-2-oxoethyl]-1 -amino-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro- naphthalene-2-carboxamide; (WO 01/91752)) or LB53280, LB53279, LB53278 or THIQ, MB243, RY764, CHIR-785, PT-141 or those described in WO2005060985, WO2005009950, WO2004087159, WO2004078717, WO2004078716, WO2004024720, US20050124652, WO2005051391 , WO2004112793, WOUS20050222014, US20050176728, US20050164914, US20050124636, US20050130988, US20040167201 , WO2004005324, WO2004037797, WO2005042516, WO2005040109, WO2005030797, US20040224901 , WO200501921 , WO200509184, WO2005000339, EP1460069, WO2005047253, WO2005047251 , EP1538159, WO2004072076, WO2004072077 or WO2006024390; orexin receptor antagonists (for example 1-(2-methylbenzoxazol-6-yl)-3-
[1 ,5]naphthyridin-4-ylurea hydrochloride (SB-334867-A) or those described, for example, in WO200196302, WO200185693, WO2004085403 or WO2005075458); histamine H3 receptor agonists (for example 3-cyclohexyl-1-(4,4-dimethyl-1 ,4,6,7- tetrahydroimidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-5-yl)-propan-1-one oxalic acid salt (WO 00/63208) or those described in WO200064884, WO2005082893);
CRF antagonists (for example [2-methyl-9-(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)-9H-1 ,3,9- triazafluoren-4-yl]dipropylamine (WO 00/66585)); CRF BP antagonists (for example urocortin); urocortin agonists; β3 agonists (such as, for example, 1-(4-chloro-3-methanesulfonylmethylphenyl)-2-[2- (2,3-dimethyl-1 H-indol-6-yloxy)ethylamino]ethanol hydrochloride (WO 01/83451)); MSH (melanocyte-stimulating hormone) agonists;
MCH (melanin-concentrating hormone) receptor antagonists (such as, for example, NBI-845, A-761 , A-665798, A-798, ATC-0175, T-226296, T-71 , GW-803430 or those compounds described in WO2003/15769, WO2005085200, WO2005019240, WO2004011438, WO2004012648, WO2003015769, WO2004072025, WO2005070898, WO2005070925, WO2006018280, WO2006018279, WO2004039780, WO2003033476, WO2002006245, WO2002002744,
WO2003004027 or FR2868780);
CCK-A agonists (such as, for example, {2-[4-(4-chloro-2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-5-(2- cyclohexylethyl)-thiazol-2-ylcarbamoyl]-5,7-dimethylindol-1 -yljacetic acid trifluoroacetic acid salt (WO 99/15525), SR-146131 (WO 0244150) or SSR-125180); serotonin reuptake inhibitors (for example dexfenfluramine); mixed serotonin- and noradrenergic compounds (for example WO 00/71549);
5-HT receptor agonists, for example 1-(3-ethylbenzofuran-7-yl)piperazine oxalic acid salt (WO 01/09111); 5-HT2C receptor agonists (such as, for example, APD-356, BVT-933 or those described in WO200077010, WO20077001-02, WO2005019180, WO2003064423,
WO200242304 or WO2005082859);
5-HT6 receptor antagonists, such as described, for example, in WO2005058858; bombesin receptor agonists (BRS-3 agonists); galanin receptor antagonists; growth hormone (for example human growth hormone or AOD-9604); growth hormone releasing compounds (tert-butyl 6-benzyloxy-1-(2-diisopropylamino- ethylcarbamoyl)-3,4-dihydro-1 H-isoquinoline-2-carboxylate (WO 01/85695)); growth hormone secretagog receptor antagonists (ghrelin antagonists) such as, for example, A-778193 or those described in WO2005030734;
TRH agonists (see, for example, EP 0 462 884); uncoupling protein 2 or 3 modulators; leptin agonists (see for example Lee, Daniel W.; Leinung, Matthew C; Rozhavskaya-
Arena, Marina; Grasso, Patricia. Leptin agonists as a potential approach to the treatment of obesity. Drugs of the Future (2001), 26(9), 873-881);
DA agonists (bromocriptine or Doprexin); lipase/amylase inhibitors (as described, for example, in WO 00/40569); inhibitors of diacylglycerol O-acyltransferases (DGATs) such as described, for example, in US2004/0224997, WO2004094618, WO200058491 , WO2005044250, WO2005072740, JP2005206492 or WO2005013907; inhibitors of fatty acid synthase (FAS) such as, for example, C75 or those described in
WO2004005277; oxyntomodulin; oleoyl-estrone
or thyroid hormone receptor agonists, such as, for example, KB-2115 or those described in WO20058279, WO200172692, WO200194293, WO2003084915, WO2004018421 or WO2005092316.
In one embodiment of the invention, the further active ingredient is leptin; see for example "Perspectives in the therapeutic use of leptin", Salvador, Javier; Gomez-Ambrosi, Javier; Fruhbeck, Gema, Expert Opinion on Pharmacotherapy (2001), 2(10), 1615-1622.
In one embodiment of the invention, the further active ingredient is dexamphetamine or amphetamine.
In one embodiment of the invention, the further active ingredient is fenfluramine or dexfenfluramine.
In another embodiment of the invention, the further active ingredient is sibutramine.
In one embodiment of the invention, the further active ingredient is mazindol or phentermine.
In one embodiment, the compounds of the formula I are administered in combination with bulking agents, preferably insoluble bulking agents (see, for example, carob/Caromax® (Zunft H J; et al., Carob pulp preparation for treatment of hypercholesterolemia, ADVANCES IN THERAPY (2001 Sep-Oct), 18(5), 230-6). Caromax is a carob-containing product from Nutrinova, Nutrition Specialties & Food Ingredients GmbH, lndustriepark Hόchst, 65926 Frankfurt/Main). Combination with Caromax® is possible in one preparation or by separate administration of compounds of the formula I and Caromax®. Caromax® can in this connection also be administered in the form of food products such as, for example, in bakery products or muesli bars. In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with PDE (phosphodiesterase) inhibitors, as described, for example, in WO2003/077949 or WO2005012485.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with NAR-1 (nicotinic acid receptor) agonists as described, for example, in WO2004094429.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with CB2 (cannabinoid receptor) agonists as described, for example, in US2005/143448.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with histamine 1 agonists as described, for example, in WO2005101979.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with bupropion, as described in WO2006017504.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with opioid antagonists as described, for example, in WO2005107806 or WO2004094429.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with neutral endopeptidase inhibitors as described, for example, in WO200202513, WO2002/06492, WO 2002040008, WO2002040022 or WO2002047670.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with NPY inhibitors (neuropeptide Y) as described, for example, in WO2002047670. In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with sodium/hydrogen exchange inhibitors as described, for example, in WO2003092694.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with modulators of the glucocorticoid receptor as described, for example, in WO2005090336.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with nicotine receptor agonists as described, for example, in WO2004094429.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with NRIs (norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors) as described, for example, in WO2002053140.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with MOA (E-beta-methoxyacrylate), such as, for example, segeline, or as described, for example, in WO2002053140.
In one embodiment of the invention, the compound of the formula I is administered in combination with antithrombotic active ingredients, such as, for example, clopidrogel.
It is to be understood that each suitable combination of the compounds according to the invention with one or more of the compounds mentioned above and optionally one or more further pharmacologically active substances is meant to be included in the scope of the present invention.
The formulae for some of the development codes mentioned above are given below.
Figure imgf000058_0001
LY-674 KRP-101
Figure imgf000058_0002
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000059_0003
Figure imgf000059_0002
FR-225654
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000060_0003
Figure imgf000060_0002
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000062_0001
The activity of the compounds was tested as follows:
Determination of EC50 values of PPAR agonists in the cellular PPARalpha assay
Principle
The potency of substances which bind to human PPARalpha and activate it in an agonistic manner is analyzed using a stably transfected HEK cell line (HEK= human embryo kidney) which is referred to here as PPARalpha reporter cell line. It contains two genetic elements, a luciferase reporter element (pdeltaM-GAL4-Luc-Zeo) and a PPARalpha fusion protein (GR-GAL4-humanPPARalpha-LBD) which mediates expression of the luciferase reporter element depending on a PPARalpha ligand. The stably and constitutively expressed fusion protein GR-GAL4-humanPPARalpha-LBD binds in the cell nucleus of the PPARalpha reporter cell line via the GAL4 protein portion to the GAL4 DNA binding motifs 5 '-upstream of the luciferase reporter element which is stably integrated in the genome of the cell line. There is only weak expression of the luciferase reporter gene in the absence of a PPARalpha ligand if fatty acid- depleted fetal calf serum (cs-FCS) is used in the assay. PPARalpha ligands bind and activate the PPARalpha fusion protein and thereby stimulate the expression of the luciferase reporter gene. The luciferase which is formed can be detected by means of chemiluminescence via an appropriate substrate.
Construction of the PPARalpha reporter cell line
The PPARalpha reporter cell line was prepared in two stages. Firstly, the luciferase reporter element was constructed and stably transfected into HEK cells. For this purpose, five binding sites of the yeast transcription factor GAL4 (Accession # AF264724) were cloned in 5 '-upstream of a 68 bp-long minimal MMTV promoter (Accession # V01175). The minimal MMTV promoter section contains a CCAAT box and a TATA element in order to enable efficient transcription by RNA polymerase II. The cloning and sequencing of the GAL4-MMTV construct took place in analogy to the description of Sambrook J. et. al. (Molecular cloning, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1989). Then the complete Photinus pyralis gene (Accession # M15077) was cloned in 3'-downstream of the GAL4-MMTV element. After sequencing, the luciferase reporter element consisting of five GAL4 binding sites, MMTV promoter and luciferase gene was recloned into a plasmid which confers zeocin resistance in order to obtain the plasmid pdeltaM-GAL4-Luc-Zeo. This vector was transfected into HEK cells in accordance with the statements in Ausubel, F. M. et al. (Current protocols in molecular biology, Vol. 1-3, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1995). Then zeocin-containing medium (0.5 mg/ml) was used to select a suitable stable cell clone which showed very low basal expression of the luceriferase gene.
In a second step, the PPARalpha fusion protein (GR-GAL4-humanPPARalpha-LBD was introduced into the stable cell clone described. For this purpose, initially the cDNA coding for the N-terminal 76 amino acids of the glucocorticoid receptor (Accession # P04150) was linked to the cDNA section coding for amino acids 1-147 of the yeast transcription factor GAL4 (Accession # P04386). The cDNA of the ligand-binding domain of the human PPARalpha receptor (amino acids S167-Y468; Accession # S74349) was cloned in at the 3'-end of this GR-GAL4 construct. The fusion construct prepared in this way (GR-GAL4-humanPPARalpha-LBD) was recloned into the plasmid pcDNA3 (Invitrogen) in order to enable constitutive expression therein by the cytomegalovirus promoter. This plasmid was linearized with a restriction endonuclease and stably transfected into the previously described cell clone containing the luciferase reporter element. The finished PPARalpha reporter cell line which contains a luciferase reporter element and constitutively expresses the PPARalpha fusion protein (GR- GAL4-human PPARalpha-LBD) was isolated by selection with zeocin (0.5 mg/ml) and G418 (0.5 mg/ml). Assay procedure
The activity of PPARalpha agonists is determined in a 3-day assay, which is described below:
Dav 1
The PPARalphareporter cell line is cultivated to 80% confluence in DMEM (# 41965- 039, Invitrogen) which is mixed with the following additions: 10% cs-FCS (fetal calf serum; #SH-30068.03, Hyclone), 0.5 mg/ml zeocin (#R250-01 , Invitrogen), 0.5 mg/ml G418 (#10136-027, Invitrogen), 1 % penicillin-streptomycin solution (#15140-122, Invitrogen) and 2 mM L-glutamine (#25030-024, Invitrogen). The cultivation takes place in standard cell culture bottles (# 353612, Becton Dickinson) in a cell culture incubator at 37°C in the presence of 5% CO2. The 80%-confluent cells are washed once with 15 ml of PBS (#14190-094, Invitrogen), treated with 3 ml of trypsin solution (#25300-054, Invitrogen) at 37°C for 2 min, taken up in 5 ml of the DMEM described and counted in a cell counter. After dilution to 500.000 cells/ml, 35,000 cells are seeded in each well of a 96 well microtiter plate with a clear plastic base (#3610, Corning Costar). The plates are incubated in the cell culture incubator at 37°C and 5% CO2 for 24 h.
Day 2
PPARalpha agonists to be tested are dissolved in DMSO in a concentration of 10 mM. This stock solution is diluted in DMEM (#41965-039, Invitrogen) which is mixed with 5% cs-FCS (#SH-30068.03, Hyclone), 2 mM L-glutamine (#25030-024, Invitrogen) and the previously described antibiotics (zeocin, G418, penicillin and streptomycin).
Test substances are tested in 11 different concentrations in the range from 10 μM to 100 pM. More potent compounds are tested in concentration ranges from 1 μM to 10 pM or between 100 nM and 1 pM. The medium of the PPARalpha reporter cell line seeded on day 1 is completely removed by aspiration, and the test substances diluted in medium are immediately added to the cells. The dilution and addition of the substances is carried out by a robot (Beckman FX). The final volume of the test substances diluted in medium is 100 μl per well of a 96 well microtiter plate. The DMSO concentration in the assay is less than 0.1 % v/v in order to avoid cytotoxic effects of the solvent.
Each plate was charged with a standard PPARalpha agonist, which was likewise diluted in 11 different concentrations, in order to demonstrate the functioning of the assay in each individual plate. The assay plates are incubated in an incubator at 37°C and 5% CO2 for 24 h.
Day 3
The PPARalpha reporter cells treated with the test substances are removed from the incubator, and the medium is aspirated off. The cells are lyzed by pipetting 50 μl of
Bright GIo reagent (from Promega) into each well of a 96 well microtiter plate. After incubation at room temperature in the dark for 10 minutes, the microtiter plates are measured in the luminometer (Trilux from Wallac). The measuring time for each well of a microtiter plate is 1 sec.
Evaluation
The raw data from the luminometer are transferred into a Microsoft Excel file. Dose- effect plots and EC50 values of PPAR agonists are calculated using the XL. Fit program as specified by the manufacturer (IDBS).
The PPARalpha EC50 values for the compounds of Examples 1 to 49 in this assay are in the range from 5 nM to > 33 μM. Compounds of the invention of the formula I activate the PPARalpha receptor.
Determination of EC50 values of PPAR agonists in the cellular PPARdelta assay
Principle
The potency of substances which bind to human PPARdelta and activate it in an agonistic manner is analyzed using a stably transfected HEK cell line (HEK= human embryo kidney) which is referred to here as PPARdelta reporter cell line. In analogy to the assay described for PPARalpha, the PPARdelta reporter cell line also contains two genetic elements, a luciferase reporter element (pdeltaM-GAL4-Luc-Zeo) and a PPARdelta fusion protein (GR-GAL4-humanPPARdelta-LBD) which mediates expression of the luciferase reporter element depending on a PPARdelta ligand. The stably and constitutively expressed fusion protein GR-GAL4-humanPPARdelta-LBD binds in the cell nucleus of the PPARdelta reporter cell line via the GAL4 protein portion to the GAL4 DNA binding motifs 5 '-upstream of the luciferase reporter element which is stably integrated in the genome of the cell line. There is only little expression of the luciferase reporter gene in the absence of a PPARdelta ligand if fatty acid- depleted fetal calf serum (cs-FCS) is used in the assay. PPARdelta ligands bind and activate the PPARdelta fusion protein and thereby stimulate expression of the luciferase reporter gene. The luciferase which is formed can be detected by means of chemiluminescence via an appropriate substrate.
Construction of the PPARdelta reporter cell line
The production of the stable PPARdelta reporter cell line is based on a stable HEK-cell clone which was stably transfected with a luciferase reporter element. This step was already described above in the section "construction of the PPARalpha reporter cell line". In a second step, the PPARdelta fusion protein (GR-GAL4-humanPPARdelta- LBD was stably introduced into this cell clone. For this purpose, the cDNA coding for the N-terminal 76 amino acids of the glucocorticoid receptor (Accession # P04150) was linked to the cDNA section coding for amino acids 1-147 of the yeast transcription factor GAL4 (Accession # P04386). The cDNA of the ligand-binding domain of the human PPARdelta receptor (amino acids S139-Y441 ; Accession # L07592) was cloned in at the 3'-end of this GR-GAL4 construct. The fusion construct prepared in this way (GR-GAL4-humanPPARdelta-LBD) was recloned into the plasmid pcDNA3 (Invitrogen) in order to enable constitutive expression by the cytomegalovirus promoter. This plasmid was linearized with a restriction endonuclease and stably transfected into the previously described cell clone containing the luciferase reporter element. The resulting PPARdelta reporter cell line which contains a luciferase reporter element and constitutively expresses the PPARdelta fusion protein (GR-GAL4-human PPARdelta-LBD) was isolated by selection with zeocin (0.5 mg/ml) and G418 (0.5 mg/ml).
Assay procedure and evaluation
The activity of PPARdelta agonists is determined in a 3-day assay in exact analogy to the procedure already described for the PPARalpha reporter cell line except that the PPARdelta reporter cell line and a specific PPARdelta agonist was used as a standard to control test efficacy.
PPARdelta EC50 values in the range from 0.2 nM to >10 μM were measured for the PPAR agonists of Examples 1 to 49 described in this application. Compounds of the invention of the formula I activate the PPARdelta receptor.
The examples given in Table I serve to illustrate the invention, but without limiting it.
Figure imgf000068_0001
where R8 and R10 = H and Z is a bond. A dotted line means the point of attachment.
Table I
Figure imgf000068_0002
Figure imgf000069_0001
CD
Figure imgf000070_0001
O
Figure imgf000071_0001
Figure imgf000072_0001
Figure imgf000073_0001
The potency of some of the described examples in the GAL4 assays are indicated in the following table :
Figure imgf000074_0001
Processes
The compounds of the general formula I according to the invention can be obtained as outlined to the reaction schemes below:
Process A
Figure imgf000075_0001
A compound of general formula A-2 where X' is -OH, -SH1 - CH2OH or -CH2SH and R1 , R2, R3 and B are as defined above is either reacted with a compound of general formula A-1 where R is halide (I, Br, Cl) or a sulfonate (OSO2CH3, OSO2C6H4CH3 ) and R5, R7, R8, R9, R10, U, V, W, Y and Z are as defined above in the presence of a base as cesium carbonate or sodium hydride in a solvent as dimethylformamide or with an alcohol of general formula A-1 where R = OH and R5, R7, R8, R9, R101 U, V, W, Y and Z are as defined above under Mitsunobu reaction conditions (triphenylphosphine, diethylazodicarboxylate for instance) in an apolar solvent as dichloromethane to give a compound of general formula A-3 where X= O, S, -OCH2- or -SCH2-. The compound of general formula A-3 is reacted with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in the presence of a base as triethylamine in a solvent as tetrahydrofuran and methanol to obtain a compound of general formula A-4. This reaction can be facilitated by heating the reaction mixture under microwave irradiation. This compound of general formula A-4 is converted to the product of general formula A-5 by reaction with phenylchloroformate in the presence of a base as pyridine or diisopropylethylamine followed by heating the reaction mixture with microwave irradiation to allow cyclization or alternatively isolating the resulting intermediate and treating it with a base as 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7- ene in a solvent as acetonitrile.
Examples 1 - 10 and 35-36 were obtained according to process A.
Other compounds can be obtained accordingly or by known processes.
Process B
Figure imgf000077_0001
A compound of general formula B-1 where X is O, S, CH2O or CH2S and R5, R7, R8, R9, R10, U, V, W, Y and Z are as defined above is reacted with a fluoro-nitrile of general formula B-2 where R1 , R2, R3 and B are as defined above in the presence of a base such as cesium carbonate or sodium hydride in a solvent such as dimethylformamide to give a compound of general formula B-3. As described in process A, compound B-3 is treated with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in the presence of a base such as triethylamine in a solvent as tetrahydrofuran and methanol to obtain a compound of general formula B-4. This reaction can be facilitated by heating the reaction mixture under microwave irradiation. Compound B-4 is converted to the product of general formula B-5 by reaction with phenylchloroformate in the presence of a base as pyridine or diisopropylethylamine followed by heating the reaction mixture under microwave irradiation to allow cyclization or alternatively isolating the resulting intermediate and treating it with a base as 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene in a solvent as acetonitrile.
Examples 11 - 21 and 37-46 were obtained according to process B. Other compounds can be obtained accordingly or by known processes.
Process C
Figure imgf000078_0001
A compound of general formula C-2 where R5, R7, R8, R9, R10, U, V, W, Y and Z are as defined above is reacted with a benzylic bromide of general formula C-1 where B, R1 , R2, R3 and R4 are as defined above in the presence of a base such as sodium hydride in a solvent such as dimethylformamide to give a compound of general formula C-3. As described in process A1 compound C-3 is treated with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in the presence of a base such as triethylamine in a solvent as tetrahydrofuran and methanol to obtain a compound of general formula C-4. This reaction can be facilitated by heating the reaction mixture under microwave irradiation. Compound C-4 is converted to the product of general formula C-5 by reaction with phenylchloroformate in the presence of a base as pyridine or diisopropylethylamine followed by heating the reaction mixture under microwave irradiation to allow cyclization or alternatively isolating the resulting intermediate and treating it with a base as 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene in a solvent as acetonitrile.
Examples 21-33 were obtained according to process C.
Process D:
This process is used for synthesizing the building blocks D-8, which correspond to general formula A-1 of process A, general formula B-1 of process B and general formula C-2 of process C1 where R = OH, R10 = H, V is N and U, W1 Y1 Z1 R5, R7, R8 and R9 are as defined above.
Figure imgf000079_0001
A 3-oxo-carboxylic acid methyl- or ethyl ester of general formula D-1 where R5, Y and W are as defined above is reacted with sulfuryl chloride or chlorine to yield the corresponding chloride of general formula D-2. This compound of general formula D-2 is reacted with a benzamide or thiobenzamide of general formula D-3, where U is S or O and R7, R8 and Z are as defined above to obtain a thiazole or oxazole ester of general formula D-4. The ester of general formula D-4 is reduced with a reducing agent, for example lithium aluminium hydride, to the alcohol of general formula D-5, where R5, R7, R8, U, W, Y and Z are as defined above. A compound of general formula D-5 is treated with an oxidizing agent as manganese dioxide in an apolar solvent as dichloromethane to obtain an aldehyde of general formula D-6 where W1Y1U, Z1A, R5, R7 and R8 are as defined above. The aldehyde of general formula D-6 is reacted with a Grignard reagent of general formula D-7, where R9 is as defined above to obtain an secondary alcohol of general formula D-8.
Other compounds can be obtained accordingly or by known processes.
Process E: This process is used for synthesizing the building blocks E-3, which correspond to general formula A-1 of process A, general formula B-1 of process B and general formula C-2 of process C1 where R = OH1 R9 is -CF2R", R10 = H, V is N and U1 W1 Y, Z1 R5, R7 and R8 are as defined above.
Figure imgf000080_0001
A compound of general formula D-6 (derived from process D) is treated with a difluorotrimethylsilyl reagent of general formula E-1 where R" is (C1-C5)alkyl, (C2- C5)alkenyl , (C0-C5) alkylene-(C6-C14) aryl, (C0-C5) alkylene-(C5-C15) heteroaryl, (C0-C5) alkylene-(C3-C8) cycloalkyl, (C0-C5) alkylene-(C3-C8) cycloalkenyl, wherein alkyl and alkylene are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F and aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by halogen, (C1-C4) alkyl , -CF3, -CHF2, or O-(C1-C4)alkyl;in a polar solvent as tetrahydrofuran with catalytic amounts of a fluoride ion source such as KF or tetrabutyl ammonium fluoride or alternatively with a bromodifluoromethyl reagent of general formula E-2 in the presence of indium in a polar solvent as tetrahydrofuran in an ultrasonic bath to obtain a secondary alcohol of general formula E-3.
Other compounds can be obtained accordingly or by known processes.
Process F:
This process is used for synthesizing the building blocks F-3, which corresponds to general formula C-1 of process C.
Figure imgf000081_0001
A 1-bromo-4-methyl-benzene of general formula F-1 , where B, R1 , R2 , R3 and R4 are as defined above is reacted with copper cyanide in a polar solvent as dimethylformamide at elevated temperature as for example 150 - 2000C to obtain the 4-methyl-benzonitrile of of general formula F-2. The 4-methyl-benzonitrile of of general formula F-2 is brominated by the treatment with N-bromosuccinimide in refluxing tetrachloromethane in the presence of a radical initiator like AIBN to obtain the 4- Bromomethyl-benzonitrile of general formula F-3.
Process G:
This process is used for synthesizing the building blocks G-3, which corresponds to general formula B-2 of process B, where B= C(R4), R1 = -CH2-Nuc and R2, R3 and R4 are as defined.
Figure imgf000081_0002
G-1 G-2 G-3 A 4_ fluoro-2-methylbenzonitrile of general formula G-1 is brominated by the treatment with N-bromosuccinimide in refluxing tetrachloromethane in the presence of a radical initiator like AIBN to obtain the 2-Bromomethyl-benzonitrile of general formula G-2. The compound of general formula G-2 is reacted with a nucleophile, for example a primary or secondary amine or a sodium salt of a thiol or an alcohol, in a polar solvent such a dimethylformamide to obtain the compound of general formula G-3.
Process H:
This process is used for synthesizing the building blocks H-3, which correspond to general formula B-2 of process B, where B= C(R4), R1 , R2, R3 and R4 are as defined.
Figure imgf000082_0001
A 4-fluoro-2-bromobenzonitrile of general formula H-1 is converted to a compound of the general formula H-3 by reacting with a boronic acid or a boronic ester of general formula H-2, where M1 & M2 can be independently hydrogen or (C1-C8) alkyl. In the case of alkyl, M1/M2 can form a ring system and R1 is as defined above, using a catalytic amount of a transition metal as for example Palladium and a ligand as for example triphenylphosphin in the presence of a base as for example CS2CO3 in a solvent as for example DMF/water.
Process I:
This process is used for synthesizing the building blocks I-5, which correspond to general formula B-2 of process B, where B= C(R4), R1 is -CH2CH2R and R2, R3 and R4 are as defined. PPh3=CHR 1-2 or
Figure imgf000083_0001
A 2-bromo-5-fluorobenzaldehyde of general formula 1-1 where R2, R3 and R4 are as defined above is reacted under Wittig type reaction conditions either with a triphenylphosphoranylidene of general formula I-2 where R is (C1-C7) alkyl, wherein alkyl is 1- to 5-fold substituetd by F; or with a phosphonat of general formula I-2" where R is (C1-C7) alkyl, wherein alkyl is 1- to 5-fold substituetd by F in the presence of a base like sodium hydride or with a phosphonium salt of general formula I-2" where R is (C1-C7) alkyl, wherein alkyl is 1- to 5-fold substituetd by F in the presence of a base as n-butyl lithium in a polar solvent as tetrahydrofuran to obtain a compound of general formula I-3 where R2, R3, R4 and R are as defined above. The bromide of general formula I-3 where R2, R3, R4 and R are as defined above is reacted with copper cyanide in a polar solvent as dimethylformamide at elevated temperature as for example 150 - 2000C to obtain the 4-fluoro-benzonitrile of of general formula I-4 where R2, R3, R4 and R are as defined above. The double bond of the compound of general formula I-4 may be hydrogenated with hydrogen and a palladium catalyst in a polar solvent as methanol to obtain the compound of general formula I-5 where R2, R3, R4 and R are as defined above. Process J
Figure imgf000084_0001
A compound of general formula C-1 where R1 = F and B, R2, R3, R5, R7, R8, R9, R10, U, V, W, Y and Z are as defined above is reacted with a nucleophile, e.g. sodium methylate, to obtain a compound of general formula C-2. A compound of general formula C-2 is reacted with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in the presence of a base as triethylamine in a solvent as tetrahydrofuran and methanol to obtain a compound of general formula C-3. This reaction can be facilitated by heating the reaction mixture under microwave irradiation. A compound of general formula C-3 is converted to the product of general formula C-4 by reaction with phenylchloroformate in the presence of a base as pyridine or diisopropylethylamine followed by heating the reaction mixture with microwave irradiation to allow cyclization or alternatively isolating the resulting intermediate and treating it with a base as 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene in a solvent as acetonithle.
Examples 47-49 were obtained according to process J. Process J
Figure imgf000085_0001
A compound of general formula K-1 where R5, R7, R8, R9, U, V, W, Y and Z are as defined above is treated with an oxidizing agent as manganese dioxide in an apolar solvent as dichloromethane to obtain a ketone of general formula K-2 where R5, R7, R8, R9, U, V, W, Y and Z are as defined above. A 4-bromomethyl-benzonitrile of general formula K-3, where R1 , R2, R3, R4 and B are as defined above is reacted with a phosphite such as triethylphosphite under elevated temperature as for example 120 - 1800C to obtain a phosphonate of general formula K-4 where R1 , R2, R3, R4 and B are as defined above. The phosphonate of general formula K-4 where R1 , R2, R3, R4 and B are as defined above and the ketone of general formula K-2 where R5, R7, R8, R9, U, V, W, Y and Z are as defined above are reacted under Wittig type conditions in the presence of a base as sodium hydride in a polar solvent as tetrahydrofuran to obtain the compound of general formula K-5 where R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R7, R8, R9, B, U, V, W, Y and Z are as defined above. The double bond of the compound of general formula K-5 is hydrogenated with hydrogen and a palladium catalyst in a polar solvent as methanol to obtain the compound of general formula K-6 where R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R7, R8, R9, B, U, V, W, Y and Z are as defined above. As described in process A1 compound K-6 where R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R7, R8, R9, B, U, V, W1 Y and Z are as defined above is treated with hydroxylamine hydrochloride in the presence of a base such as triethylamine in a solvent as tetrahydrofuran and methanol to obtain a compound of general formula K-7 where R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R7, R8, R9, B, U, V, W, Y and Z are as defined above. This reaction can be facilitated by heating the reaction mixture under microwave irradiation. Compound K-7 is converted to the product of general formula K-8 where R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5, R7, R8, R9, B, U, V, W, Y and Z are as defined above by reaction with phenylchloroformate in the presence of a base as pyridine or diisopropylethylamine followed by heating the reaction mixture under microwave irradiation to allow cyclization or alternatively isolating the resulting intermediate and treating it with a base as 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene in a solvent as acetonitrile.
Example 34 was obtained according to process K.
Process L:
This process is used for synthesizing the building blocks L-3, which corresponds to general formula B-2 of process B, where B = C(R4), R1 = OR, R is (C1-C4)alkyl or (C0-C2)alkylene-(C3-C6)cycloalkyl wherein alkyl and alkylene are unsubstituted or mono, di- or trisubstitued by F, and where R2, R3 and R4 are as defined above.
Figure imgf000087_0001
aryl methyl ether of general formula L-1 where R2, R3 and R4 are as defined above, is demethylated by the treatment with aluminium trichloride in refluxing dichloroethane to give the phenol of general formula L-2. The phenol of general formula L-2 is reacted with an electrophile RX where X is a leaving group such as halide or a sulfonate in a polar solvent like dimethylformamide in the presence of a base like potassium carbonate to obtain a compound of general formula L-3. When methyl chlorodifluororacetate is used as electrophile and the reaction mixture is heated to 60- 1200C in a solvent such as dimethylformamide or dimethylacetamide, the compound of general formula L-3 where R is CHF2 is obtained. Other compounds can be obtained accordingly or by known processes.
Process M:
This process is used for synthesizing the building blocks M-2, which corresponds to general formula B-2 of process B, where B = C(R4), R1 = OR, R is (C1-C4) alkyl or (C0-C2) alkylene-(C3-C6)cycloalkyl wherein alkyl and alkylene are unsubstituted or mono, di- or trisubstitued by F, and where R2, R3 and R4 are H.
Figure imgf000087_0002
M"1 M-2
2,4-Difluoro-benzonitrile of formula M-1 is treated with an alcohol ROH in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran in presence of a base such as potassium tert-butoxide at 0- 5°C to give the ether of general formula M-2 where R is (C1-C4) alkyl or (CO- C2)alkylene-(C3-C6)cycloalkyl wherein alkyl and alkylene are unsubstituted or mono, di- or trisiibstitued by F.
Other compounds can be obtained accordingly or by known processes.
Process N:
This process is used for synthesizing the building blocks N-4 and N-7, which corresponds to general formula A-1 of process A where R = OH, general formula B-1 of process B where X is O, and general formula C-2 of process C, where W is CH2, R10 is H, Z is bond, and U, V, Y, R5, R7 and R8 are as defined above, and R9 is H for N-4 or as defined as above for N-7.
Figure imgf000088_0001
The oxazole or thiazole ester of general formula N-1 where R' is lower alkyl, U, V, R7 and R8 are as defined above, is brominated by the treatment with N-bromosuccinimide in refluxing tetrachloromethane or dichloromethane in the presence of a radical initiator like AIBN or benzoyl peroxide to yield the brominated product of general formula N-2. The alkyl bromide of general formula N-2 is reacted with a nucleophile Y-R5, where Y is OH or Y is NH(R6) and R5, R6 are as defined above, in a polar solvent like acetonitrile in the presence of a base like potassium carbonate to obtain a compound of general formula N-3. The ester of general formula N-3 is reduced with a reducing agent, such as lithium aluminium hydride, to the alcohol of general formula N-4. A compound of general formula N-4 is treated with an oxidizing agent such as manganese dioxide in an apolar solvent as dichloromethane to obtain an aldehyde of general formula N-5 where Y, U, V, R5, R7 and R8 are as defined above. The aldehyde of general formula N-5 is reacted with a Grignard reagent of general formula N-6, where R9 is as defined above to obtain an secondary alcohol of general formula N-7.
Other compounds can be obtained accordingly or by known processes.
List of abbreviation:
Ac acetyl
AIBN 2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionitrile)
Bn benzyl
iBu isobutyl
tBu tert-Butyl
BuLi n-butyllithium
Bz benzoyl
Cl Chemical ion
Cy cyclohexyl
DBU 1.8-diazabicv
DEAD diethylazodicarboxylate DCI Direct chemical ionization (MS)
DCM dichloromethane
DMAP N,N-dimethylaminopyridine
DMF N,N-dimethylformamide
DMSO dimethylsulfoxide
EE ethyl acetate
eq equivalents
El Electron impact ionization (MS)
ESI electrospray-lonization (MS)
FG Functional group
F-TEDA 1-chloromethyl-4-fluoro-1 ,4-diazoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane bis(tetrafluoroborate)
Hal halogen
HPLC High performance liquid chromatography
LC-MS liquid chromatography coupled with mass-spectroscopy
LG Leaving Group
Me methyl
MCPBA Meta-chloroperbenzoic acid
MS mass-spectroscopy
MsCI Methanesulfonylchloride MW microwave
NBS N-bromosuccinimide
NMR Nuclear magnetic resonance
P para
Pd/C palladium on carbon
PG Protecting Group
iPr isopropyl
nPr n-propyl
pTsOH p-toluenesulfonic acid
Rf retention factor (TLC)
SFC Supercritical fluid chromatography
TBAF Tetrabutyl ammonium fluoride
tert Tertiary
TLC Thin layer chromatography
TMS trimethylsilyl
Further compounds of the formula I can be prepared correspondingly or by known processes.
The experimental procedures for preparing the examples mentioned above are described below: Building Block synthesis according to process D:
1-r4-Methvl-2-(4-trifluoromethvl-phenvπ-thiazol-5-vll-ethanol
,
Figure imgf000092_0001
4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazole-5-carbaldehvde
Figure imgf000092_0002
18.5 g [4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-methanol1 were dissolved in 200 ml dichloromethane. 65.3 g manganese(IV)oxide (activated with charcoil) were added and the resulting mixture was heated under reflux for four hours. The cooled reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite. The fitrate was evaporated in vacuo to obtain 17.1 g 4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde as pale yellow solid. C12H8F3NOS (271.26), MS(ESI): 272.1 (M+H+).
EP1586573 1-r4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenvh-thiazol-5-yll-ethanol
Figure imgf000093_0001
2.5 g 4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde were dissolved in 100 ml tetrahydrofuran. At 00C 3.38 ml of an one molar solution of methylmagnesium bromide in tetrahydrofuran were added dropwise. The cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for one hour. Then the reaction mixture was poured on 100 ml ice cold saturated NH4CI solution and extracted five times with portions of 80 ml ethyl acetate. The combined organnic layers were washed with 100 ml brine then dried over MgSO4. The solvent was evaporated to obtain 2.7 g crude 1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethanol as pale yellow solid which was used without further purification. C13H12F3NOS (287.36), MS(ESI): 288.1 (M+H+).
2-Methyl-1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-propan-1-ol
Figure imgf000093_0002
According to the method described for 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-
5-yl]-ethanol, 2-Methyl-1 -[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1 -ol was obtained from 4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde and isopropylmagnesiumbromide.
C15H16F3NOS (315.36), MS(ESI): 316.1 (M+H+). 3-Methyl-1-f4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-butan-1-ol
Figure imgf000094_0001
According to the method described for 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-
5-yl]-ethanol, 3-Methyl-1 -[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-butan-1 -ol was obtained from 4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde and isobutylmagnesiumbromide.
C16H18F3NOS (329.39), MS(ESI): 330.0 (M+H+).
1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-vn-propan-1-ol
Figure imgf000094_0002
According to the method described for 1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-
5-yl]-ethanol, 1 -[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1 -ol was obtained from 4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde and ethylmagnesiumbromide.
C14H14F3NOS (301.33), MS(ESI): 302.0 (M+H+).
To a solution of 10.48 g of racemic 1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5- yl]-propan-1-ol in 210 ml_ of tetrahydrofuran was added 5.9g of (R)-(-)-α- methoxyphenyl acetic acid, 40 ml_ of a molar solution of N,N-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide in dichloromethane and a few mg of N.N-dimethylaminopyridine. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour then filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the diastereomers were seperated by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient from heptane 100 to heptane 90/ ethyl acetate 10) to give:
4.09g of (+)-(R)-methoxy-phenyl-acetic acid (S)-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propyl ester (less polar fraction) according to 1H NMR analysis2 C23H22F3NO3S (449.50), MS(ESI): 450.1 (M+H+), and 5.42g of (-)-(R)-methoxy-phenyl-acetic acid (R)-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propyl ester (more polar fraction) according to 1H NMR analysis2 C23H22F3NO3S (449.50), MS(ESI): 450.1 (M+H+).
(+)-(R)-1-r4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-propan-1-ol
Figure imgf000095_0001
To a solution of 3.74 g of (-)-(R)-methoxy-phenyl-acetic acid (R)-1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propyl ester in 19 ml_ of tetrahydrofuran and 19 ml_ of ethanol at 00C was dropwise added 24.5 ml_ of a molar solution of sodium hydroxide in 20.4 ml_ of water. The resulting mixture was stirred at 00C for 15 minutes then 24.5 mL of a 5N solution of hydrochloric acid in 20.4 ml_ of water was added. After removal of the organic solvents under vacuum, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, filtered through a silicone treated paper filter and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane 90/ ehtyl acetate 10) to give 2.09 g of (+)-(R)-1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1-ol. C14H14F3NOS (301.33), MS(EI): 301 (M+).
! Trost, B.M. ; Belletire, J.L. ; Godleski, S. ; McDougal, P.G. ; Balkovec, J.M. J. Org. Chem. 1986, 51, 2370 (-)-(S)-1-r4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-vn-propan-1-ol
Figure imgf000096_0001
According to the method described for (+)-(R)-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1 -ol, (-)-(S)-1 -[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- propan-1-ol was obtained by saponification of (+)-(R)-methoxy-phenyl-acetic acid (S)- 1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propyl ester. C14H14F3NOS (301.33), MS(ESI): 302.2 (M+H+).
1-r4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-pentan-1-ol
Figure imgf000096_0002
According to the method described for 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-
5-yl]-ethanol, 1 -[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-pentan-1 -ol was obtained from 4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde and
Butylmagnesiumbromide.
C16H18F3NOS (329.39), MS(ESI): 330.1 (M+H+), Rf(n-heptane : ethyl acetate = 1 :1)
= 0.46.
1-r4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-2-phenyl-ethanol
Figure imgf000096_0003
According to the method described for 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol- 5-yl]-ethanol, 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-2-phenyl-ethanol was obtained from 4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde and benzylmagnesiumbromide.
C19H16F3NOS (363.40), MS(ESI): 364.0 (M+H+).
1-r4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-2-pyridin-2-vl-ethanol
Figure imgf000097_0001
1.47 ml of a 3M solution of ethylmagnesiumbromide was added to a solution of 0.44 ml 2-picoline in 40 ml dibutylether. The rection mixture was stirred at 14O0C for forty minutes. Then an argon current was bubbled through the reaction mixture for ten minutes. The mixture was cooled to 700C .1.O g 4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazole-5-carbaldehyde, dissolved in 50 ml tetrahydrofuran, were added and stirred at room temperature for thirty minutes. The reaction mixture was poured on ice and extracted three times with portions of 80 ml ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo obtain 1.49 g crude 1- [4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-2-pyridin-2-yl-ethanol as an oil. This material was used without purification.
C18H15F3N2OS (364.39), MS(ESI): 365.1 (M+H+), Rf(n-heptane:ethyl acetate = 1.1) = 0.08.
2-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-ethanol
Figure imgf000097_0002
According to the method described for 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol- 5-yl]-ethanol, 2-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- ethanol was obtained from 4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazole-5- carbaldehyde and 4-fluorbenzylmagnesiumbromide. C13H13F3N2OS (302.32), MS(ESI): 303.1 (M+H+). r4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-phenyl-methanol
Figure imgf000098_0001
According to the method described for 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-
5-yl]-ethanol, [4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-phenyl-methanol was obtained from 4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde and phenylmagnesiumchloride.
C19H15F4NOS (381.40), MS(ESI): 382.0 (M+H+).
1-r4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-3-phenyl-prop-2-vn-1-ol
Figure imgf000098_0002
According to the method described for 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol- 5-yl]-ethanol, 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-3-phenyl-prop-2-yn- 1-ol was obtained from 4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde and phenylethyinylmagnesiumbromide. C20H14F3NOS (373.40), MS(ESI): 374.0 (M+H+).
1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-3-phenyl-propan-1-ol
Figure imgf000098_0003
1 -[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-3-phenyl-propan-1 -ol was obtained by hydrogenation of 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-3- phenyl-prop-2-yn-1-ol in methanol with palladium on carbon (10%) in a hydrogen atmosphere overnight.
C20H18F3NOS (377.43), MS(ESI): 376.1 (M+H+).
1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-oxazol-5-yl1-3-phenyl-prop-2-yn-1-ol
Figure imgf000099_0001
According to the method described for 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol- 5-yl]-ethanol, 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-oxazol-5-yl]-3-phenyl-prop-2-yn- 1-ol was obtained from 4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-oxazole-5-carbaldehyde (obtained from [4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-oxazol-5-yl]-methanol3 and manganese (IV)dioxide according to the synthesis described for 4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde) and phenylethyinylmagnesiumbromide. C20H14F3NO2 (357.34), MS(ESI): 358.1 (M+H+).
1-f4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-oxazol-5-yll-3-phenyl-propan-1-ol
Figure imgf000099_0002
1 -[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-oxazol-5-yl]-3-phenyl-propan-1 -ol was obtained by hydrogenation of 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-oxazol-5-yl]-3- phenyl-prop-2-yn-1-ol in methanol with palladium on carbon (10%) in a hydrogen atmosphere overnight. C20H18F3NO2 (361.37), MS(ESI): 362.0 (M+H+).
3 Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters (2003), 13(9), 1517-1521. Building block synthesis according to process E:
2.2.2-Trifluoro-1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-ethanol
Figure imgf000100_0001
To an ice cooled solution of 1.0 g 4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazole-5- carbaldehyde and 0.55 ml (trifluormethyl)trimethylsilane in 10 ml tetrahydrofuran were added 100 mg tetrabutylammoniumfluoride. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for thirty minutes. Then 20 ml 2N HCL were added and the mixture stirred at room temperature for thirty minutes. The mixture was extracted three times with portions of 50 ml ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo to obtain 2,2,2-Trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethanol as a solid.
C13H9F6NOS (341.28), MS(ESI): 342.0 (M+H+), Rf(n-heptane: ethyl acetate = 1 :1) = 0.54.
2.2-Difluoro-1-f4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-vn-but-3-en-1-ol
Figure imgf000100_0002
To a solution of 1.0 g 4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde and 868 mg 3-bromo-3,3-difluorpropene in 10 ml dimethylformamide 425 mg Indium were added and the resulting suspension was stirred in an ultrasonic bath for two hours. Then 20 ml 1 N hydrochloric acid were added and the mixture stirred at room temperature for thirty minutes. The mixture was extracted three times with portions of 50 ml ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by reversed phase HPLC to obtain 740 mg 2,2-Difluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-but-
3-en-1-ol as a colourless lyophilisate.
C15H12F5NOS (349.32), MS(ESI): 350.1 (M+H+), Rf(n-heptane: ethyl acetate = 1 :1) =
0.52.
2,2-Difluoro-1-f4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl1-butan-1-ol
Figure imgf000101_0001
740 mg 2,2-Difluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-but-3-en-1-ol were dissolved in 50 ml ethyl acetate. 50 mg palladium (5% on charcoal) were added and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature under a hydrogen atmosphere. After three hours the catalyst was filtered off and the filtrate evaporated in vacuo to obtain 720 mg 2,2-Difluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-butan- 1 -ol as a white solid. C15H14F5NOS (351.34), MS(ESI): 352.1 (M+H+).
2-Cvclopropyl-2,2-difluoro-1-f4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-vn-ethanol
Figure imgf000101_0002
To an ice cooled solution of 365 mg 2,2-Difluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-but-3-en-1-ol in 10 ml pyridine were added 5 ml acetic acid anhydride. The ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for one hour. The ice was added and the reaction mixture diluted by addition of 100 ml dichloromethane. The organic layer was separated and washed with 50 ml water, 1 M HCI, saturated NaHCO3 solution and brine. Then the organic layer was dried over MgSO4 and the solvent removed in vacuo. The resulting residue was dissolved in 30 ml diethyl ether (flask 1 ). 246 mg palladium, (II) acetate were added and the mixture cooled in an ice bath. In a second flask 4.0 g N-methyl-N-nitroso-p- toluenesulfonamide were suspended in 30 ml ethanol. An argon current was bubbled permanently through flask2 and afterwards through flask 1. 2N NaOH was added dropwise to flask 2 until dissolution of N-methyl-N-nitroso-p-toluenesulfonamide, then the argon current was stoped. The reaction mixture (flask 1) was stirred at 00C for an additional hour. Then 10 ml acetic acid were added and the reaction mixture diluted by addition of 80 ml ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried over MgSO4. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The resulting residue was dissolved in 20 ml methanol, 1 ml sodium methylate solution (30%) were added and the reaction mixture stirre at room temperature for one hour. The reaction mixture was then neutralized by addition of acetic acid, the solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue purified by reversed phase HPLC to obtain 120 mg 2-Cyclopropyl-2,2-difluoro- 1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethanol as lyophilisate. C16H14F5NOS (363.35), MS(ESI): 364.1 (M+H+).
2-(4-Difluoromethyl-phenyl)-2,2-diflυoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yn-ethanol
Figure imgf000102_0001
To a solution of 1.0 g 4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde and 1.42 g 4-(bromodifluoromethyl)-1-(difluormethyl)benzene in 10 ml dimethylformamide 508 mg Indium were added and the resulting suspension was stirred in an ultrasonic bath for twelve hours. Then additional 1.42 g 4- (bromodifluoromethyl)-1-(difluormethyl)benzene and 508 mg Indium were added and the resulting suspension was stirred in an ultrasonic bath for additional twelve hours. Then 20 ml 1 N hydrochloric acid were added and the mixture stirred at room temperature for thirty minutes. The mixture was extracted three times with portions of 50 ml ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified by reversed phase HPLC to obtain 620 mg 2-(4-Difluoromethyl-phenyl)-2,2-difluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethanol as a colourless lyophilisate. C20H14F7NOS (449.39), MS(ESI): 450.1 (M+H+),
Building block synthesis according to process N: 1-r2-(4-Trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-vn- propan-1-ol
Figure imgf000103_0001
4-Bromomethyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazole-5-carboxylic acid ethyl ester4
Figure imgf000103_0002
' WO02067912 To a solution of 200 g of commercially available 4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazole-5-carboxylic acid ethyl ester in 1.6 L of dichloromethane were added 20.5 g of benzoyl peroxide and 124 g of NBS. The resulting mixture was refluxed in the dark for 22 h. After cooling to O0C, the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to half volume under reduced pressure, washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a white solid. The solid was recrystallized in 900 ml_ of diisopropyl ether 80/ dichloromethane 20 to give a first crop of 101 g of 4-bromomethyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazole-5-carboxylic acid ethyl ester. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure then recrystallized in 300 ml_ of diisopropyl ether 90/ dichloromethane 10 to give a second crop of 72 g. A total of 173 g of 4-bromomethyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazole-5-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was obtained as a white solid. C14H11 BrF3NO2S (394.21), MS(EI): 394 (M+).
2-(4-Trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazole-5- carboxylic acid ethyl ester
Figure imgf000104_0001
To a solution of 107.7 g of 4-trifluoromethyl piperidine hydrochloride in 450 ml_ of water were added 2.7 L of acetonitrile, 224 g of 4-bromomethyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazole-5-carboxylic acid ethyl ester and 157 g of potassium carbonate. The resulting mixture was heated to 40°C for 2h, allowed to cool to room temperature then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was taken into 2L of dichlomethane then washed twice with 500 mL of water. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient of dichloromethane/ethanol from 100/0 to 90/10) followed by washing of the collected solid with diisopropyl ether to give 212 g of 2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)- thiazole-5-carboxylic acid ethyl ester as a white solid. C20H20F6N2O2S (466.45), MS(EI): 466 (M+).
f2-(4-Trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-vn- methanol
Figure imgf000105_0001
To a solution of 220 g of 2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1- ylmethyl)-thiazole-5-carboxylic acid ethyl ester in 2.2 L of tetrahydrofuran at 0cC was dropwise added 250 ml_ of a 2M solution of lithium aluminium hydride in tetrahydrofuran. The resulting mixture was stirred for 1 h allowing it to warm up to room temperature then slowly poured into 1 L of cold water and extracted twice with 1.5 L of ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was washed with 500 mL of hot diisopropyl ether then purified by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient of dichloromethane/ethanol from 100/0 to 90/10) to give 163 g of [2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-methanol as a white solid. C18H18F6N2OS (424.41), MS(ESI): 425 (M+H+). 2-(4-Trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazole-5- carbaldehvde
Figure imgf000106_0001
To a solution of 1 g of [[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1- ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-methanol in 7 ml of dichloromethane was added 2.35 g of manganese(IV)oxide (activated with charcoil). The resulting mixture was heated under reflux for four hours. The cooled reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by column chromatography on silica gel (heptane 80/ethyl acetate 20) to give 0.53 g of 2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazole-5- carbaldehyde. C18H16F6N2OS (422.39), MS(ESI): 423.0 (M+H+).
1-[2-(4-Trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yll- propan-1-ol
EtMgBr
Figure imgf000106_0003
Figure imgf000106_0002
To a solution of 530 mg of 2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1- ylmethyl)-thiazole-5-carbaldehyde in 43 ml tetrahydrofuran at 00C was slowly added 2.2 ml of a molar solution of ethylmagnesium bromide in tert-butyl methyl ether. The reaction mixture was stirred at O0C for one hour then poured onto an aqueous solution of KH2PO4 and extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were dried over over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 545 mg 1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1-ol which was used without further purification. C20H22F6N2OS (452.47), MS(ESI): 453 (M+H+).
Figure imgf000107_0001
To a solution of 3.78 g of racemic 1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl- piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1-ol in 66 ml_ of tetrahydrofuran was added 1.5 g of (R)-(-)-α-methoxyphenyl acetic acid, 9 ml_ of a molar solution of N1N- dicyclohexylcarbodiimide in dichloromethane and a few mg of N1N- dimethylaminopyridine. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight then filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the diastereomers were seperated by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient from dichlorormethane 100 to dichlorormethane 90/ethyl acetate 10) to give:
1.06g of (-)-(R)-methoxy-phenyl-acetic acid (S)-1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4- trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propyl ester (less polar fraction) according to 1H NMR analysis2 C29H30F6N2O3S (600.62), MS(ESI): 601.2 (M+H+), and 0.67g of (+)-(R)-methoxy-phenyl-acetic acid (R)-1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4- (4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propyl ester (more polar fraction) according to 1H NMR analysis2 C29H30F6N2O3S (600.62), MS(ESI): 601.2 (M+H+).
(R)-1-r2-(4-Trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5- yll-propan-1-ol
Figure imgf000108_0001
To a solution of 0.67 g of (R)-methoxy-phenyl-acetic acid (R)-1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propyl ester in 2.5 ml_ of tetrahydrofuran and 2.5 ml_ of ethanol at 00C was dropwise added 3.5 ml_ of a molar solution of sodium hydroxide in 2.7 ml_ of water. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 15 minutes then 0.6 mL of a 5N solution of hydrochloric acid in 2.7 ml_ of water was added. After removal of the organic solvents under vacuum, the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane, filtered through a silicone treated filter and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (dichloromethane 90/ ehtyl acetate 10) to give 270 mg of (R)-1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5- yl]-propan-1-ol. C20H22F6N2OS (452.46), MS(ESI): 453.2 (M+H+). (S)-1-r2-(4-Trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-pipehdin-1-ylmethvh-thiazol-5- yll-propan-1-ol
Figure imgf000109_0001
According to the method described for (R)-1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4- trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1 -ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1 -ol, (S)-1 -[2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1- ol was obtained by saponification of (R)-methoxy-phenyl-acetic acid (S)-1-[2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propyl ester.
C20H22F6N2OS (452.46), MS(ESI): 453.1 (M+H+).
Building block synthesis according to process F:
4-Bromomethyl-2-chloro-benzonitrile
Figure imgf000109_0002
2-Chloro-4-methvl-benzonitrile
CuCN
Figure imgf000109_0004
Figure imgf000109_0003
25.0 g 4-bromo-3-chlorotoluene and 21.8 g copper (I) cyanide were dissolved in 200 ml dimethylformamide and stirred at 15O0C for three hours.The cooled reaction mixture was diluted by addition of 300 ml ethyl acetate and washed three times with portions of 150 ml saturated NH4CI solution. The precipitates were filtered off and the filtrate dried over MgSO4 and then reduced in vacuo to obtain 17.3 g 2-Chloro-4-methyl- benzonitrile. This material was used without purification in the next step. C8H6CIN (151.60).
4-Bromomethyl-2-chloro-benzonitrile
Figure imgf000110_0001
17.3 g 2-Chloro-4-methyl-benzonitrilewere dissolved in 50 ml tetrachloromethane and heated to reflux. A mixture of 24.3 g N-bromosuccinimide and 7.48 g 2,2'-azobis(2- methylpropionitrile) were added in five portions over a period of one hour. The reaction mixture was heated under reflux for additional three hours. The cooled reaction mixture was then filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was washed with 100 ml saturated NaHCO3 solution, dried over MgSO4 and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The resulting residue was dissolved in 200 ml tetrahydrofuran and cooled in an ice bath to O0C. 88.0 ml diethyl phosphite were added, followed by the addition of 117.0 ml N1N- diisopropylethylamine. The cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for four hours. The reaction mixture was poured in 400 ml 50% NaHCO3 solution and extracted with 400 ml diethylether. The organic layer was separated and washed with 200 ml 50% NaHCO3 solution and 200 ml water and then dried over MgSO4. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified on silica gel with the eluent n-heptane: ethyl acetate = 19:1 to obtain 13.0 g 4- Bromomethyl-2-chloro-benzonitrile as a solid. C8H5BrCIN (230.49), Rf(n-heptane : ethyl acetate = 4:1 ) = 0.31. δ-Methyl-quinoline-δ-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000111_0001
4.0 g 8-Bromo-5-methyl-quinoline and 1.69 g copper (I) cyanide were dissolved in 16 ml dimethylformamide and stirred at 2000C for thirty minutes under microwave irradiation. The cooled reaction mixture was poured in 50 ml 2N HCL and extracted with 100 ml ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with 50 ml 2N HCI and 30 ml brine and then dried over MgSO4. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified on silica gel with the eluent n-heptane ethyl acetate = 2:1 to obtain 3.0 g 8-Methyl-quinoline-5-carbonitrile. C11 H8N2 (168.20), Rf(n-heptane : ethyl acetate = 4:1) = 0.20.
8-Bromomethyl-quinoline-5-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000111_0002
According to the method described for 4-Bromomethyl-2-chloro-benzonitrile, 8- Bromomethyl-quinoline-5-carbonitrile was obtained from 8-Methyl-quinoline-5- carbonitrile. C11 H7BrN2 (247.10), Rf(n-heptane : ethyl acetate = 4:1) = 0.24. 4-Bromomethyl-naphthalene-i-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000112_0001
According to the method described for 4-Bromomethyl-2-chloro-benzonitrile, 4-
Bromomethyl-naphthalene-1-carbonitrile was obtained from commercially available 1- cyano-4-metylnaphthalene.
C12H8BrN (246.11), Rf(n-heptane : ethyl acetate = 4:1) = 0.38.
2-Bromo-4-bromomethyl-benzonitrile
Figure imgf000112_0002
According to the method described for 4-Bromomethyl-2-chloro-benzonitrile, 2-Bromo- 4-bromomethyl-benzonitrile was obtained from commercially available 2-Bromo-4- methyl-benzonitrile. C8H5Br2N (274.94), Rf(n-heptane : ethyl acetate = 4:1) = 0.30.
δ-Bromomethyl^-chloro-nicotinonitrile
Figure imgf000112_0003
According to the method described for 4-Bromomethyl-2-chloro-benzonitrile, 6-
Bromomethyl-2-chloro-nicotinonitrile was obtained from commercially available 2-
Chloro-6-methyl-nicotinonitrile.
C7H4BrCIN2 (231.48), Rf(n-heptane : ethyl acetate = 1 :1) = 0.48.
4-Bromomethyl-2-fluoro-benzonitrile
Figure imgf000113_0001
According to the method described for 4-Bromomethyl-2-chloro-benzonithle, 4-
Bromomethyl-2-fluoro-benzonitrile was obtained from commercially available 2-Fluoro-
4-methyl-benzonitrile.
C8H5BrFN (214.04), Rf(n-heptane : ethyl acetate = 4:1) = 0.25.
Building block synthesis according to process G:
4-Fluoro-2-methoxymethyl-benzonitrile
NBS, AIBN NaOMe
Figure imgf000113_0002
Figure imgf000113_0004
Figure imgf000113_0003
2-Bromomethyl-4-fluoro-benzonitrile
Figure imgf000113_0005
According to the method described for 4-Bromomethyl-2-chloro-benzonitrile, 2-
Bromomethyl-4-fluoro-benzonitrile was obtained from commercially available 4-Fluoro-
2-methylbenzonitrile.
C8H5BrFN (214.04), Rf(n-heptane : ethyl acetate = 4:1) = 0.25.
4-Fluoro-2-methoxymethyl-benzonitrile
Figure imgf000114_0001
1.0 g 2-Bromomethyl-4-fluoro-benzonitrile were dissolved in a mixture of 10 ml methanol and 10 ml tetrahydrofuran. 500 mg sodium methylate were added and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured on 30 ml water and extracted five times with portion of 25 ml ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4, the solvent removed in vacuo and the resulting residue purified on silica gel with the eluent heptane => n-heptane: ethyl acetate = 9:1 to obtain 526 mg 4-Fluoro-2-methoxymethyl-benzonitrileas an oil. C9H8FNO (165.17), Rf(n-heptane : ethyl acetate = 9:1) = 0.25.
4-Fluoro-2-(2.2.2-trifluoro-ethoxymethyl)-benzonitrile
Figure imgf000114_0002
336 μl 2,2,2-Trifluoroethanol were dissolevd in 10 ml dimethylformamide. 243 mg sodium hydride were added and the mixture stirred at room temperature for one hour. Then 1.0 g 2-Bromomethyl-4-fluoro-benzonitrile were added in one portion. and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for three hours. The reaction mixture was poured on 50 ml water and extracted five times with portion of 25 ml ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4, the solvent removed in vacuo and the resulting residue purified on silica gel with the eluent heptane => n-heptane: ethyl acetate = 4:1 to obtain 750 mg 4-Fluoro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxymethyl)- benzonitrile.
C10H7F4NO (233.17), Rf(n-heptane : ethyl acetate = 4:1) = 0.31.
2-Ethoxymethyl-4-fluoro-benzonitrile
Figure imgf000115_0001
According to the method described for 4-Fluoro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxymethyl)- benzonitrile, 2-Ethoxymethyl-4-fluoro-benzonitrile was obtained from 2-Bromomethyl-4- fluoro-benzonitrile and ethanol. C10H10FNO (179.20).
Building block synthesis according to process H:
2-Cvclopropyl-4-fluoro-benzonitrile
Figure imgf000115_0002
500 mg commercially available 2-Bromo-4-fluorobenzonitrile, 70 mg tricyclohexylphosphin, 2.04 g tri potassium phosphate mono hydrate and 278 mg cyclopropylboronic acid placed in a reaction vessel and 11 ml toluene were added. The mixture was degassed with argon, then 561 mg palladium(ll)acetate were added and the reaction mixture stirred at 1000C for 1.5 hours. To the cooled reaction mixture was added 30 ml water and the mixture was extracted five times with portions of 30 ml ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4, the solvent removed in vacuo and the resulting residue purified on silica gel with the eluent heptane => n- heptane: ethyl acetate = 5:1 to obtain 310 mg 2-Cyclopropyl-4-fluoro-benzonitrile as yellow solid. C10H8FN (161.18), Rf(n-heptane : ethyl acetate = 4:1) = 0.48.
5,4'-Difluoro-biphenyl-2-carbonitrile
Figure imgf000116_0001
According to the method described for 2-Cyclopropyl-4-fluoro-benzonitrile, 5,4'-
Difluoro-biphenyl-2-carbonitrile was obtained from 2-Bromo-4-fluorobenzonitrile and 4- fluorobenzene boronic acid. C13H7F2N (215.20).
Building block synthesis according to process I:
2-Ethyl-4-fluoro-benzonitrile
Figure imgf000116_0002
1-Bromo-4-fluoro-2-vinyl-benzene
Figure imgf000116_0003
21.12 g Methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide were suspended in 150 ml tetrahydrofuran and cooled in an ice bath. 21.68 ml n-butyl lithium (2.5 M in n-heptane) were added dropwise and the reaction mixture stirred at 00C for thirty minutes. Then 10.0 g commercially available 2-bromo-5-fluorobenzaldehyde were added slowly so that the reaction temperature did not exceed +5°C. After completion of the addition the coolin bath was removed and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for one hour. The reaction mixture was diluted by addition of 300 ml ethyl acetate and washed three times with portions of 120 ml brine. The organic phase was dried over MgSO4, the solvent removed in vacuo and the resulting residue purified on silica gel with the eluent heptane => n-heptane: ethyl acetate = 9:1 to obtain 7.9 g 1-Bromo-4-fluoro-2- vinyl-benzene as an oil. C8H6BrF (201.04), Rf(n-heptane : ethyl acetate = 9:1) = 0.61.
4-Fluoro-2-vinyl-benzonitrile
Figure imgf000117_0001
4.0 g 1-Bromo-4-fluoro-2-vinyl-benzene and 1.87 g copper (I) cyanide were dissolved in 16 ml dimethylfomamide and heated under microwave irradiation at 2000C for 25 minutes. The cooled reaction mixture was poured into 200 ml 1M HCI and extracted five times with portions of 60 ml ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with 100 ml 1 N HCI, dried over MgSO4, then the solvent was removed in vacuo and the resulting residue purified on silica gel with the eluent heptane => n- heptane: ethyl acetate = 6:1 to obtain 1.77 g 4-Fluoro-2-vinyl-benzonitrile as a soild. C9H6FN (147.15), Rf(n-heptane : ethyl acetate = 4:1) = 0.33.
2-Ethyl-4-fluoro-benzonitrile
H2/Pd
Figure imgf000117_0003
Figure imgf000117_0002
800 mg 4-Fluoro-2-vinyl-benzonitrile were dissolved in 5 ml methanol. 80 mg palladium (10% on charcoil) were added and the reaction was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere for one hour. The catalyst was filtered off trough a pad of celite. The filtrate was evaporated to obtain 625 mg 2-Ethyl-4-fluoro-benzonitrile. C9H8FN (149.17), Rf(n-heptane : ethyl acetate = 4:1) = 0.37.
Building block synthesis according to process L:
2-Difluoromethoxy-4-fluoro-benzonitrile
Figure imgf000118_0001
4-Fluoro-2-methoxy-benzonitrile was prepared according to a previous publication:5 To a solution of 1 g of 4-fluoro-2-methoxy-benzonitrile in 15 ml_ of dichloroethane was added 1.1 g of aluminium trichloride. The resulting mixture was refluxed for 1 day then poured slowly into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic extracts were washed twice with 10% aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide. The combined basic layers were washed twice with ethyl acetate, acidified with concentrated aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid and extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with water, with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 0.78 g of 4-fluoro-2- hydroxy-benzonitrile as a white solid. C7H4FNO (137.11), MS(ESI): 138.17 (M+H+).
To a solution of 4.6 g of 4-fluoro-2-hydroxy-benzonitrile in 15 ml_ of anhydrous dimethylacetamide were added 6.8 g of methyl chlorodifluororacetate and 6.5 g of potassium carbonate. The resulting mixture was degassed by bubbling argon through it and heated to 1100C for 2h then an additional 6.5 g of methyl chlorodifluororacetate and 6.5 g of potassium carbonate were added. The resulting mixture was heated to 1100C for another hour then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was taken into ethyl acetate, washed twice with a molar aqueous solution of sodium
1 JP9143139 hydroxide, with water and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient from heptane 100 to heptane 80/ ehtyl acetate 20) to give 4.78 g of 2-difluoromethoxy-4-fluoro-benzonitrile as a yellowish liquid. C8H4F3NO (187.12), MS(ESI): 188.0 (M+H+).
2-Difluoromethoxy-4,5-difluoro-benzonitrile
Figure imgf000119_0001
To a solution of 1 g of commercially available 4,5-difluoro-2-hydroxy-benzonitrile in 5 ml. of anhydrous dimethylacetamide were added 1.3 g of methyl chlorodifluororacetate and 1.28 g of potassium carbonate. The resulting mixture was degassed by bubbling argon through it and heated to 11O0C for 1.5h then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was taken into ethyl acetate, washed twice with a molar aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, with water and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient from heptane 100 to heptane 80/ ehtyl acetate 20) to give 0.42 g of 2-difluoromethoxy-4,5-difluoro-benzonitrile as a yellowish liquid.
C8H3F4NO (205.11), MS(EI): 205 (M+).
Building block synthesis according to process M:
4-Fluoro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-benzonitrile
Figure imgf000119_0002
To a solution of 359 mg of trifluoroethanol in 3 ml_ of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran at 5°C was slowly added 3.6 ml_ of a molar solution of potassium tert-butoxide in tert-butanol. The resulting solution was stirred for 30 minutes at 5°C and slowly added to a solution of 500 mg of 2,4-difluoro-benzonitrile in 3 ml_ of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran at 5°C. The resulting mixture was stirred for 1h at 5°C, then poured into water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient from heptane 100 to heptane 90/ ethyl acetate 10) to give 640 mg of 4-fluoro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-benzonitrile as a white solid. C9H5F4NO (219.14), MS(ESI): 220 (M+H+).
The following examples were prepared according to process A:
Example 1
3-(2-Chloro-4-(1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-ethoxy)-phenyl)- 4H-H ,2.41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000120_0001
PPh3, DEEAD
Figure imgf000120_0002
Figure imgf000120_0003
Figure imgf000120_0004
2-Chloro-4-f1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-ethoxy)- benzonitrile
Figure imgf000120_0005
2.0 g 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethanol and 1.18 g 2-chloro- 4-hydroxybenzonitrile were dissolved in 50 ml tetrahydrofuran. At -200C 2.74 g triphenylphosphine and 1.82 g diethylazodicarboxylate were added. The cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for four hours. Then the reaction mixture was poured on 100 ml ice cold saturated NH4CI solution and extracted five times with portions of 80 ml ethyl acetate. The combined organnic layers were washed with 100 ml brine then dried over MgSO4. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo and the resulting residue purified by chromatography on silica gel with the eluent n-heptane : ethyl acetate = 4: 1 to obtain 2.1 g 2-chloro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy}- benzonitrile as pale yellow solid. C20H14CIF3N2OS (422.86), MS(ESI): 422.9 (M+H+).
3-(2-Chloro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)- 4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000121_0001
2.1 g 2-Chloro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy}- benzonitrile were dissolved in a mixture of 20 ml tetrahydrofuran and 20 ml methanol. 3.29 g hydroxylamine hydrochloride were added followed by the addition of 5.74 ml triethylamine. The reaction mixture was stirred at 60°C overnight. The solvents were removed in vacuo and the resulting residue poured into water and extracted five times with ethylacetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4 and the solvent was evaporated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in 10 ml dichloromethane. 0.50 ml pyridine and 0.77 ml phenylchloroformate were added and the mixture stirred at room temperature for fifteen minutes. The mixture was diluted by the addition of 25 ml acetonitrile and 3.54 ml 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene were added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for thirty minutes. The mixture was evaporated in vacuo and the resulting crude material was purified by RP-HPLC to obtain 0.50 g 3-(2-chloro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- ethoxyj-phenyl)- 4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one.
The racematewas separated into its enantiomers by chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak AD-H/40) with the eluent n-heptane: propanol = 5+1 , Rt = 5.4 min and 7.4 min.
C21 H15CIF3N3O3S (481.88), MS(ESI): 482.1 .
Example 2
3-(2-Chloro-4-{2-methyl-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-propoxy)- phenyl)-4H-H ,2.41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000122_0001
According to the method described for 3-(2-chloro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)- 4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2-chloro-4-{2- methyl-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}- phenyl)-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 2-Methyl-1 -[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1 -ol and 2-chloro-4-hydroxybenzonitrile. The racematewas separated into its enantiomers by chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak AD-H/40) with the eluent n-heptane: propanol = 5+1., Rt = 6.3 min and 11.3 min. C23H19CIF3N3O3S (509.94), MS(ESI): 510.1 (M+H+).
Example 3
3-(2-Chloro-4-(3-methyl-1-f4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-butoxy)- phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4loxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000123_0001
According to the method described for 3-(2-chloro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)- 4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2-chloro-4-{3- methyl-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-butoxy}- phenyl)-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 3-Methyl-1 -[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-butan-1 -ol and 2-chloro-4-hydroxybenzonitrile. The racematewas separated into its enantiomers by chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak AD-H/40) with the eluent n-heptane: propanol = 5+2., Rt = 3.5 min and 5.4 min. C24H21 CIF3N3O3S (523.97), MS(ESI): 524.2 (M+H+).
Example 4
3-(2-Chloro-4-(1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-propoxy}-phenyl)- 4H-H ,2,41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000123_0002
According to the method described for 3-(2-chloro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)- 4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2-chloro-4-{1-[4- methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)- 4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-
5-one was obtained from 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-
1-ol and 2-chloro-4-hydroxybenzonitrile.
The racematewas separated into its enantiomers by chromatography on chiral phase
(Chiralpak AD-H/40) with the eluent n-heptane: propanol = 5+2, Rt = 6.0 min and 9.7 min.
C22H17CIF3N3O3S (495.91), MS(ESI): 496.1 (M+H+). Example 5
3-(2-Chloro-4-(1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-vn-2-phenyl-ethoxy>- phenyl)-4H-H .2,41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000124_0001
According to the method described for 3-(2-chloro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)- 4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2-chloro-4-{1 -[4- methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-2-phenyl-ethoxy}- phenyl)-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-2-phenyl-ethanol and 2-chloro-4-hydroxybenzonitrile.
The racematewas separated into its enantiomers by chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak AD-H/40) with the eluent ethanol:methanol = 1+1 + 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid, Rt = 4.5 min and 7.3 min. C27H19CIF3N3O3S (557.98), MS(ESI): 558.1 (M+H+).
Example 6
3-(2-Chloro-4-([4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-phenyl-methoxy)- phenyl)-4H-f1 ,2,41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000124_0002
According to the method described for 3-(2-chloro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)- 4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2-chloro-4-{[4- methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-phenyl-methoxy}- phenyl)-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from [4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-phenyl-methanol and 2-chloro-4-hydroxybenzonitrile. The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before. C26H17CIF3N3O3S (543.96), MS(ESI): 544.1 (M+H+).
Example 7
3-(2-Chloro-4-(1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-3-phenyl-propoxy)- phenyl)-4H-f1.2,4loxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000125_0001
According to the method described for 3-(2-chloro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)- 4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2-Chloro-4-{1 -[4- methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-3-phenyl-propoxy}- phenyl)-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-3-phenyl-propan-1-ol and 2-chloro-4-hydroxybenzonitrile. The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before. C28H21 CIF3N3O3S (572.01), MS(ESI): 572.4 (M+H+).
Example 8
3-(2-Chloro-4-(1-f4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-oxazol-5-vn-3-phenyl-propoxyl- phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000125_0002
According to the method described for 3-(2-chloro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)- 4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2-Chloro-4-{1-[4- methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-oxazol-5-yl]-3-phenyl-propoxy}- phenyl)-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- oxazol-5-yl]-3-phenyl-propan-1-ol and 2-chloro-4-hydroxybenzonitrile. The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before. C28H21CIF3N3O4 (555.95), MS(ESI): 556.2 (M+H+). Example 9
3-(2-Chloro-4-(2-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll- ethoxy)-phenyl)-4H-H .2.41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000126_0001
According to the method described for 3-(2-chloro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)- 4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2-Chloro-4-{2-(4- fluoro-phenyl)-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 2-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethanol and 2-chloro-4-hydroxybenzonitrile. The racematewas separated into its enantiomers by chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak AD-H/39) with the eluent n-heptane:iso-propanol = 2:1 , Rt = 5.75 min and 14.84 min. C27H18CIF4N3O3S (575.97), MS(ESI): 576.2 (M+H+).
Example 10
3-(2-Chloro-4-(1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-vn-2-pyridin-2-yl- ethoxy)-phenyl)-4H-π .2.41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000126_0002
According to the method described for 3-(2-chloro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)- 4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2-Chloro-4-{1-[4- methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-2-pyridin-2-yl-ethoxy}-phenyl)-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-2-pyridin-2-yl-ethanol and 2-chloro-4-hydroxybenzonitrile. The racematewas separated into its enantiomers by chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak AD-H/40) with the eluent n-heptane:iso-propanol = 2:1 , Rt = 6.87 min and 12.04 min. C26H18CIF3N4O3S (558.97), MS(ESI): 559.2 (M+H+), Rf (ethyl acetate) = 0.18.
The following examples were prepared according to process B:
Example 11
3-(2-Bromo-4-{1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-vn-propoxy>-phenyl)- 4H-M .2.41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000127_0001
2-Bromo-4-(1-F4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-propoxy)-benzonitrile
Figure imgf000127_0002
500 mg 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1-ol were dissolved in 5 ml dimethylformamide. 108 mg sodium hydride were added and the mixture stirred at room temperature. After thirty minutes commercially available 2- bromo-4-fluorobenzonitrile were added and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for one hour. Then 5 ml water were added and the mixture extracted three times with portions of 30 ml ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4 and the solvent removed in vacuo. The resiudue was purified by reversed phase HPLC to obtain 375 mg 2-Bromo-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-benzonitrile as an oil. C21 H16BrF3N2OS (481.34), MS(ESI): 481.0(M+H+).
3-(2-Bromo-4-(1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-vn-propoxy)-phenyl)- 4H-H ,2.41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000128_0001
According to the method described for 3-(2-chloro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)- 4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2-Bromo-4-{1 -[4- methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol- 5-one was obtained from 2-Bromo-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5- yl]-propoxy}-benzonitrile. The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before. C22H17BrF3N3O3S (540.36), MS(ESI): 540.0 (M+H+).
Example 12 3-r4-(1-r4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-propoxy)-2-(2.2.2-trifluoro- ethoxymethyl)-phenyll-4H-[1 ,2,4loxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000128_0002
According to the method described for 3-(2-Bromo-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-[4-{1 -[4-Methyl-2- (4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxymethyl)- phenyl]-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1-ol and 4-Fluoro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxymethyl)- benzonitrile.
The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.
C25H21 F6N3O4S (573.52), MS(ESI): 574.1 (M+H+).
Example 13
3-(2-Methoxymethyl-4-(1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl1-propoxy>- phenyl)-4H-π ,2.41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000129_0001
According to the method described for 3-(2-Bromo-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2-Methoxymethyl- 4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1 -ol and 4-Fluoro-2-methoxymethyl-benzonitrile. The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before. C24H22F3N3O4S (505.52), MS(ESI): 506.1 (M+H+). Example 14
3-(2-Ethoxymethyl-4-(1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-propoxy)- phenyl)-4H-M ,2.41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000130_0001
According to the method described for 3-(2-Bromo-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2-Ethoxymethyl-4-
{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-
[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1 -ol and 2-Ethoxymethyl-4-fluoro-benzonitrile.
The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.
C25H24F3N3O4S (519.55), MS(ESI): 520.1 (M+H+).
Example 15
3-(2-Ethyl-4-(1-f4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-propoxy)-phenyl)-4H- f1 ,2,41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000130_0002
According to the method described for 3-(2-Bromo-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2-Ethyl-4-{1 -[4- methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-
5-one was obtained from 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-
1-ol and 2-Ethyl-4-fluoro-benzonitrile.
The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before. C24H22F3N3O3S (489.52), MS(ESI): 490.1 (M+H+).
Example 16
3-(2-Cvclopropyl-4-(1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-propoxy)- phenyl)-4H-f1.2.41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000131_0001
According to the method described for 3-(2-Bromo-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2-Cyclopropyl-4-
{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-
[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1 -ol and 2-Cyclopropyl-4-fluoro-benzonitrile.
The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.
C25H22F3N3O3S (501.53), MS(ESI): 502.1 (M+H+).
Example 17
3-(4-(1-r4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-vn-propoxy>-naphthalen-1-yl)- 4H-H ,2,41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000131_0002
According to the method described for 3-(2-Bromo-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(4-{1 -[4-Methyl-2- (4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-naphthalen-1-yl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol- 5-one was obtained from 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan- 1-ol and commercially available 1-Cyano-4-fluoronaphthalene. The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.
C26H20F3N3O3S (511.53), MS(ESI): 512.2 (M+H+).
Example 18
3-(4-(1-r4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl1-propoxy>-2-thfluoromethyl- phenyl)-4H-f1 ,2,4loxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000132_0001
According to the method described for 3-(2-Bromo-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(4-{1 -[4-Methyl-2-
(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-2-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4H-
[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1-ol and commercially available 4-fluoro-2-
(trifluoromethyl)benzonitrile. The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.
C23H17F6N3O3S (529.46), MS(ESI): 530.1 (M+H+).
Example 19 3-(4'-Fluoro-5-(1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-vn-propoxy)-biphenyl- 2-yl)-4H-H .2.41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000132_0002
According to the method described for 3-(2-Bromo-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(4'-Fluoro-5-{1 -[4- methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-biphenyl-2-yl)-4H-
[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1 -ol and 5,4'-Difluoro-biphenyl-2-carbonitrile.
The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.
C28H21 F4N3O3S (555.56), MS(ESI): 556.1 (M+H+).
Example 20
3-(2-Chloro-4-(2,2,2-trifluoro-1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-vn- ethoxy}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000133_0001
According to the method described for 3-(2-Bromo-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2-Chloro-4-{2,2,2- trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)-4H-
[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 2,2,2-Trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethanol and 2-Chloro-4-fluoro-benzonitrile.
The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.
C21 H12CIF6N3O3S (535.86), MS(ESI): 536.1 (M+H+).
Example 21
3-(2-Chloro-4-(2.2-difluoro-1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll- butoxy}-phenyl)-4H-H ,2,41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000133_0002
According to the method described for 3-(2-Bromo-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2-Chloro-4-{2,2- difluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-butoxy}-phenyl)-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 2,2-Difluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-butan-1-ol and 2-Chloro-4-fluoro-benzonithle.
The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.
C23H17CIF5N3O3S (545.92), MS(ESI): 546.1 (M+H+).
The following examples were prepared according to process C:
Example 22
3-(2-Fluoro-4-(2.2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-vn- ethoxymethvD-phenyl)-4H-H .2,41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000134_0001
Figure imgf000134_0002
2-Fluoro-4-(2.2.2-trifluoro-1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll- ethoxymethvD-benzonitrile
Figure imgf000134_0003
2,2,2-Trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethanol and 815 mg 4-Bromomethyl-2-fluoro-benzonitrile were dissolved in 40 ml dimethylformamide. 192 mg sodium hydride were added and the mixture stirred at room temperature for one hour. Then 15 ml water were added and the mixture extracted three times with portions of 50 ml ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4 and the solvent removed in vacuo. The resiudue was purified by reversed phase HPLC to obtain 840 mg 2-Fluoro-4-{2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxymethyl}-benzonitrile as an oil.
C21 H13F7N2OS (474.40), MS(ESI): 475.1 (M+H+), Rf(n-heptane : ethyl acetate = 1 :1) = 0.57.
3-(2-Fluoro-4-(2.2.2-trifluoro-1-r4-methyl-2-(4-thfluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll- ethoxymethyl)-phenyl)-4H-f1 ,2,4loxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000135_0001
cording to the method described for 3-(2-chloro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)- 4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2-Fluoro-4-{2,2,2- trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxymethyl}-phenyl)-
4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 2-Fluoro-4-{2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-
(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxymethyl}-benzonitrile.
The racematewas separated into its enantiomers by chromatography on chiral phase
(Chiralpak AD-H/39) with the eluent n-heptane : iso-propanol : ethanol = 8:1 :1 , Rt =
8.13 min and 11.09 min.
C22H14F7N3O3S (533.43), MS(ESI): 534.1 (M+H+), Rf(n-heptane : ethyl acetate =
1 :1 ) = 0.14. Example 23
3-(2-Chloro-4-(2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenvh-thiazol-5-yll- ethoxymethyl)-phenyl)-4H-H ,2,41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000136_0001
According to the method described for 3-(2-Fluoro-4-{2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxymethyl}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one,
3-(2-Chloro-4-{2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- ethoxymethyl}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 2,2,2-Trifluoro-1-
[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethanol and 4-Bromomethyl-2- chloro-benzonitrile.
The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.
C22H14CIF6N3O3S (549.88), MS(ESI): 550.0 (M+H+).
Example 24
3-(2-Cvclopropyl-4-(2.2.2-trifluoro-1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-vn- ethoxymethyl)-phenyl)-4H-f1 ,2,4loxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000136_0002
Figure imgf000136_0003
2-Bromo-4-(2,2,2-trifluoro-1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll- ethoxvmethvD-benzonithle
Figure imgf000137_0001
According to the method described for 2-Fluoro-4-{2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxymethyl}-benzonitrile, 2-Bromo-4-{2,2,2- trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxymethyl}-benzonitrile was obtained from 2,2,2-Trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- ethanol and 2-Bromo-4-bromomethyl-benzonitrile.
C21 H13BrF6N2OS (535.3), MS(ESI): 335.0 (M+H+), Rf(n-heptane : ethyl acetate =
4:1) = 0.10.
2-Cvclopropyl-4-(2,2.2-trifluoro-1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl1- ethoxymethyll-benzonitrile
Figure imgf000137_0002
Bromo-4-{2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- ethoxymethylj-benzonitrile, 15 mg Tricyclohexylphosphin, 71 mg Cyclopropylboronic acid and 224 mg Tripotassiumphosphate monohydrate were dissolved in a mixture of 2 ml toluene and 0.2 ml water. The reaction mixture was degassed and 62 mg palladium(ll)acetate were added and the reaction mixture heated under microwave irradiation at 1000C for 2.5 hours. The cooled reaction mixture was diluted by addition of 50 ml ethyl acetate and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated and the residue purified by reverse phase HPLC to obtain 97 mg 2-Cyclopropyl-4-{2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2- (4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxymethyl}-benzonitrile as an oil. C24H18F6N2OS (496.48), MS(ESI): 497.2 (M+H+), Rf(n-heptane : ethyl acetate = 4:1) = 0.16. 3-(2-Cvclopropyl-4-(2.2,2-trifluoro-1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll- ethoxymethyl)-phenyl)-4H-π .2,41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000138_0001
Accor ding to the method described for 3-(2-Chloro-4-{2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxymethyl}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2-Cyclopropyl-4-{2l2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- ethoxymethyl}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 2-Cyclopropyl-4- {2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxymethyl}- benzonitrile.
The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before. C25H19F6N3O3S (555.50), MS(ESI): 556.1 (M+H+).
Example 25
3-(8-(2.2,2-Trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-vn- ethoxymethyl)-quinolin-5-yl)-4H-[1 ,2,41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000138_0002
According to the method described for 3-(2-Chloro-4-{2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxymethyl}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one,
3-(8-{2,2,2-Trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- ethoxymethyl}-quinolin-5-yl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 2,2,2-
Trifluoro-1 -[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethanol and 8-
Bromomethyl-quinoline-5-carbonitrile.
The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.
C25H16F6N4O3S (566.49), MS(ESI): 567.1 (M+H+). Example 26
3-(4-(2.2.2-Trifluoro-1-f4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-vn- ethoxymethyl)-naphthalen-1 -yl)-4H-f 1.2.41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000139_0001
According to the method described for 3-(2-Chloro-4-{2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxymethyl}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one,
3-(4-{2I2,2-Trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- ethoxymethyl}-naphthalen-1-yl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 2,2,2-
Trifluoro-1 -[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethanol and 5-
Bromomethyl-naphthalene-1-carbonitrile.
The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.
C26H17F6N3O3S (565.50), MS(ESI): 566.0 (M+H+).
Example 27
3-(2-Chloro-6-(2,2,2-trifluoro-1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll- ethoxymethyl)-pyridin-3-yl)-4H-f1.2,41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000139_0002
According to the method described for 3-(2-Chloro-4-{2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxymethyl}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2-Chloro-6-{2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- ethoxymethyl}-pyridin-3-yl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 2,2,2- Trifluoro-1 -[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethanol and 6- Bromomethyl-2-chloro-nicotinonitrile. The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.
C21 H13CIF6N4O3S (550.87), MS(ESI): 551.3 (M+H+).
Example 28
3-(2-Fluoro-4-(1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxymethyl)- phenyl)-4H-f1 ,2,41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000140_0001
According to the method described for 3-(2-Chloro-4-{2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxymethyl}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2-Fluoro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxymethyl}- phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1 -ol and 4-Bromomethyl-2-fluoro-benzonitrile. The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.
C23H19F4N3O3S (493.48), MS(ESI): 494.2 (M+H+).
Example 29
3-(4-{1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-propoxymethyl)-naphthalen- 1 -yl)-4H-π .2.41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000140_0002
According to the method described for 3-(2-Chloro-4-{2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxymethyl}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(4-{1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxymethyl}-naphthalen- 1-yl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1 -ol and 5-Bromomethyl-naphthalene-1 -carbonitrile. The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.
C27H22F3N3O3S (525.55), MS(ESI): 526.1 (M+H+).
Example 30
3-(4-(1-f4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-vn-propoxymethyl)-phenyl)-4H- f 1 , 2,41QXBdJaZOl-S-OnB
Figure imgf000141_0001
According to the method described for 3-(2-Chloro-4-{2,2,2-trifluoro-1 -[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxymethyl}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(4-{1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxymethyl}-phenyl)-4H- [1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1-ol and commercially available 4-Bromomethyl-benzonitrile. The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before. C23H20F3N3O3S (475.49), MS(ESI): 476.1.1 (M+H+).
Example 31 3-(4-(2.2-Difluoro-1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-butoxymethyl)- phenyl)-4H-H .2,41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000141_0002
According to the method described for 3-(2-Chloro-4-{2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxymethyl}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(4-{2,2-Difluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-butoxymethyl}- phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 2,2-Difluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-butan-1-ol and commercially available 4- Bromomethyl-benzonitrile.
The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before. C24H20F5N3O3S (525.50), MS(ESI): 526.0 (M+H+).
Example 32
3-(4-(2-Cvclopropyl-2,2-difluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll- ethoxymethyl)-phenyl)-4H-H ,2,41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000142_0001
According to the method described for 3-(2-Chloro-4-{2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxymethyl}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one,
3-(4-{2-Cyclopropyl-2,2-difluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- ethoxymethyl}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 2-Cyclopropyl-
2,2-difluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethanol and commercially available 4-Bromomethyl-benzonitrile.
The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.
C25H20F5N3O3S (537.51), MS(ESI): 538.0 (M+H+).
Example 33
3-(4-(2-(4-Difluoromethyl-phenyl)-2.2-difluoro-1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yll-ethoxymethyl)-phenyl)-4H-π ,2,41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000142_0002
According to the method described for 3-(2-Chloro-4-{2,2,2-trifluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxymethyl}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(4-{2-(4-Difluoromethyl-phenyl)-2,2-difluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxymethyl}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 2-(4-
Difluoromethyl-phenyl)-2,2-difluoro-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5- yl]-ethanol and commercially available 4-Bromomethyl-benzonitrile.
The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.
C29H20F7N3O3S (623.55), MS(ESI): 624.4 (M+H+).
The following examples were prepared according to process K:
Example 34
3-(2-Fluoro-4-(2-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-hexyl)-phenyl)-4H- f1 ^Λioxadiazol-δ-one
Figure imgf000143_0001
Figure imgf000143_0002
1-f4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenvh-thiazol-5-yll-pentan-1-one
Figure imgf000144_0001
1.50 g 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-pentan-1-ol were were dissolved in 30 ml dichloromethane. 5.46 g manganese(IV)oxide (activated on charcoil) were added and the resulting mixture was heated under reflux for 2.5 hours. The cooled reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite. The fitrate was evaporated in vacuo to obtain 1.2 g 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5- yl]-pentan-1-one as an oil. C16H16F3NOS (327.37), MS(ESI): 328.1 (M+H+).
(4-Cvano-3-fluoro-benzyl)-phosphonic acid diethyl ester
Figure imgf000144_0002
2.2 g 4-Brornomethyl-2-fluoro-benzonitrile were dissolved in 2.0 ml triethyl phosphite and stirred at 15O0C for four hours. Then the triethyl phosphite was removed in vacuo to obtain 2.5 g (4-Cyano-3-fluoro-benzyl)-phosphonic acid diethyl ester as an oil. C12H15FNO3P (271.23), MS(ESI): 272.1 (M+H+).
2-Fluoro-4-{(E)-2-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-hex-1-enyll- benzonitrile
Figure imgf000144_0003
1.0 g (4-Cyano-3-fluoro-benzyl)-phosphonic acid diethyl ester was dissolved in 50 ml tetrahydrofuran and cooled in an ice bath. At 00C 103 mg sodium hydride were added and the mixture stirred for fifteen minutes. Then 1.2 g 1-[4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-pentan-1-one, dissolved in 20 ml tetrahydrofuran, were added dropwise. The cooling bath was removed and the reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for two hours. Then 1.0 g (4-Cyano-3-fluoro-benzyl)-phosphonic acid diethyl ester and 103 mg sodium hydride were added and the reaction mixture stirred for an additional hour. Then 20 ml water were added and the mixture extracted five times with portions of 25 ml ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4, then the solvent was removed in vacuo to obtain 1.6 g 2-Fluoro-4-{(E)-2- [4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-hex-1-enyl}-benzonitrile as a yellow oil.
C24H20F4N2S (444.50), MS(ESI): 445.1 (M+H+), Rf(n-heptane:ethyl acetate = 1 :1) = 0.65.
2-Fluoro-4-(2-f4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-hexyl)-benzonitrile
Figure imgf000145_0001
Fluoro-4-{(E)-2-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-hex-1-enyl}- benzonitrile were dissolved in a mixture of 10 ml methanol and 10 ml ethyl acetate. 300 mg palladium (5% on charcoil) were added and the mixture stirred at room temperature under a hydrogen atmosphere. After three hours the catalyst was filtered off through a pad of celite and the filtrate evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by reversed phase HPLC to obtain 1.2 g 2-Fluoro-4-{2-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-hexyl}-benzonitrile as a lyophilisate. C24H22F4N2S (446.51), MS(ESI): 447.2 (M+H+). 3-(2-F[uoro-4-(2-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-hexyl)-phenyl)-4H- H ,2,41oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000146_0001
ording to the method described for 3-(2-Chloro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)- 4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2-Fluoro-4-{2-[4- methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-hexyl}-phenyl)-4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5- one was obtained from 2-Fluoro-4-{2-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5- yl]-hexyl}-benzonitrile.
The racemate can be separated into its enantiomers by the method described herein before.
C25H23F4N3O2S (505.54), MS(ESI): 506.1 (M+H+).
The following examples were prepared according to process A:
Example 35
3-(2-Fluoro-4-(1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-propoxy)-phenyl)- 4H-1 ,2.4-oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000146_0002
According to the method described for 3-(2-chloro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)- 4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2-fluoro-4-{1-[4- methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol- 5-one was obtained from 1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan- 1-ol and 2-fluoro-4-hydroxybenzonitrile. C22H17F4N3O3S (479.46), MS(ESI): 480.0 (M+H+). The racemate was separated into its enantiomers by supercritical fluid chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak AD, column 350x50 mm, 20 μm) with 25% methanol/75% carbon dioxide as eluent (120 bars, flowrate : 230 mL/min, UV 230 nm). The enantiomeric excess of each enantiomer was determined by analytical supercritical fluid chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak AD, column 250x4.6 mm, 20 μm) with 10% methanol/90% carbon dioxide as eluent (100 bars, flowrate : 3 mL/min, UV 230 nm): levorotatory enantiomer : >99% ee, Rt = 5.22 min; dextrorotatory enantiomer : >99% ee, Rt = 6.81 min.
Example 36
(+)-3-(2-Fluoro-4-((R)-1-r2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1- ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yll-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1.2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000147_0001
According to the method described for 3-(2-chloro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-ethoxy}-phenyl)- 4H-[1 ,2,4]oxadiazol-5-one, (+)-3-(2-fluoro-4-{(R)- 1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from (S)-1-[2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1- ol and 2-fluoro-4-hydroxybenzonitrile. C28H25F7N4O3S (630.59), MS(ESI): 631.2 (M+H+).
The following examples were prepared according to process B: Example 37
3-(2-Difluoromethoxy-4-(1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-vn-propoxy)- phenyl)-4H-1.2.4-oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000148_0001
o°c→ ■ 60° C IWV
Figure imgf000148_0002
2-Difluoromethoxy-4-(1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl1-propoxy)- benzonitrile
Figure imgf000148_0003
O0 C-*- 60° C, IWV
To a solution of 1.7 g of 1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1- ol in 4.7 ml_ of dimethylformamide at 5°C was added 250 mg of a 55% suspension of sodium hydride in mineral oil. The reaction volume was completed with dimethylformamide to about 8.5 ml_. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at 50C. 4.3 mL of the resulting mixture was slowly added to a solution of 450 mg of 2- difluoromethoxy-4-fluoro-benzonitrile in 2 mL of dimethylformamide at 50C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 5°C allowing the temperature to warm up to room temperature. It was then heated in a sealed tube to 600C under microwave irradiation for 15 minutes. After allowing it to cool down to room temperature, the mixture was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient from heptane 100 to heptane 50/ ethyl acetate 50) to give 490 mg of 2-difluoromethoxy-4-{1-[4- methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-benzonitrile. C22H17F5N2O2S (468.45), MS(ESI): (M+H+) 469.0 (M+H+).
2-Difluoromethoxy-N-hvdroxy-4-(1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll- propoxyl-benzamidine
Figure imgf000149_0001
1400 C
To a solution of 485 mg of 2-difluoromethoxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-benzonitrile in 10 ml_ of methanol was added 4.166 ml_ of triethylamine followed by 316 mg of hydroxylamine hydrochloride. The resulting mixture was heated in a sealed tube to 14O0C under microwave irradiation for 30 minutes. After allowing it to cool down to room temperature, the mixture was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient from heptane 100 to heptane 60/ ethyl acetate 40) to give 320 mg of 2-difluoromethoxy-N-hydroxy-4- {1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-benzamidine. C22H20F5N3O3S (501.48), MS(ESI): 502.0 (M+H+).
3-(2-Difluoromethoxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-vn-propoxy>- phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000149_0002
To a solution of 315 mg of 2-difluoromethoxy-N-hydroxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-benzamidine in 6.5 ml_ of tetrahydrofuran at 00C was added 1.5 mL of N,N-diisopropylethylamine followed by 0.08 mL of phenyl chloroformate. The resulting mixture was stirred for 5 minutes at 0°C then poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved 6.5 ml_ of tetrahydrofuran and 0.3 ml_ of N,N-diisopropylethylamine. The resulting solution was heated in a sealed tube to 150°C under microwave irradiation for 15 minutes. After allowing it to cool down to room temperature, the mixture was poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (diisopropryl ether 100 followed by a gradient from dichloromethane 100 to dichloromethane 90/ methanol 10) to give 31 mg of 3-(2-difluoromethoxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one. C23H18F5N3O4S (527.47), MS(ESI): 528.0 (M+H+). The racemate was separated into its enantiomers by supercritical fluid chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak AD, column 350x50 mm, 20 μm) with 25% methanol/75% carbon dioxide as eluent (108 bars, flowrate : 200 ml_/min, UV 254 nm). The enantiomeric excess of each enantiomer was determined by analytical supercritical fluid chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak AD, column 250x4.6 mm, 5 μm) with 20% methanol/80% carbon dioxide as eluent (100 bars, flowrate: 3 mL/min, UV 220 nm): levorotatory enantiomer: >99% ee, Rt = 3.20 min; dextrorotatory enantiomer: >99% ee, Rt = 6.30 min.
Example 38
3-(2-Methoxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-vn-propoxy)-phenyl)- 4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000150_0001
According to the method described for 3-(2-difluoromethoxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2- methoxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H- 1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1-ol and 4-fluoro-2-methoxybenzonitrile. C23H20F3N3O4S (491.49), MS(ESI): 492 (M+H+).
The racemate was separated into its enantiomers by HPLC on chiral phase (Chiralcel OJ-H, column 210x20 mm, 5 μm) with 30% ethanol/70% heptane as eluent (flowrate: 25 mL/min, UV 254nm). The enantiomeric excess of each enantiomer was determined by analytical HPLC on chiral phase (Chiralcel OJ-H, column 250x4.6mm, 5 μm) with 30% ethanol/70% heptane as eluent (flowrate: 1 mL/min, UV 254nm): levorotatory enantiomer: >99% ee, Rt = 8.06 min; dextrorotatory enantiomer: >99% ee, Rt = 11.66 min.
(+)-3-(2-Methoxy-4-((R)-1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-propoxy>- phenyl)-4H-1 ,2.4-oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000151_0001
According to the method described for 3-(2-difluoromethoxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one, (+)-3- (2-methoxy-4-{(R)-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}- phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from (+)-(R)-1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1 -ol and 4-fluoro-2-methoxybenzonitrile. C23H20F3N3O4S (491.49), MS(ESI): 492.1 (M+H+).
The enantiomeric excess of this dextrorotatory enantiomer was determined by analytical HPLC on chiral phase (Chiralcel OJ-H, column 250x4.6mm, 5 μm) with 30% ethanol/70% heptane as eluent (flowrate: 1 mL/min, UV 254nm) by comparison with the racemic mixture: ee 96%, Rt = 10.43 min. Example 39
3-(2-Hvdroxy-4-(1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenvh-thiazol-5-yll-propoxy)-phenyl)- 4H-1.2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000152_0001
To a stirred solution of 136 mg of 3-(2-methoxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one in 5 ml. of dichloromethane at -70°C was added 0.6 mL of a 1 M solution of boron tribromide in dichloromethane. After 1 h at -60°C, the reaction mixture was poured into methanol and a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3 then extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient of dichloromethane/methanol from 100/0 to 90/10) to give 22 mg of 3-(2-hydroxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one. C22H18F3N3O4S (477.47), MS(ESI): 478 (M+H+).
Example 40
3-(5-Fluoro-2-methoxy-4-(1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll- propoxy)-phenyl)-4H-1.2.4-oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000152_0002
According to the method described for 3-(2-difluoromethoxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(5- fluoro-2-methoxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}- phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1-ol and commercially, available 4,5-difluoro-2- methoxybenzonitrile. C23H19F4N3O4S (509.48), MS(ESI): 509.9 (M+H+).
The racemate was separated into its enantiomers by supercritical fluid chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak OJ1 column 250x21 mm, 5 μm) with 15% methanol/85% carbon dioxide as eluent (flowrate: 90 mL/min, UV 210nm). The enantiomeric excess of each enantiomer was determined by analytical supercritical fluid chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak OJ, column 250x4.6 mm, 10 μm) with 10% methanol/90% carbon dioxide as eluent (100 bars, flowrate: 3 mL/min, UV 210nm): levorotatory enantiomer: >99% ee, Rt = 8.67 min; dextrorotatory enantiomer: >99% ee, Rt = 11.42 min.
(+)-3-(5-Fluoro-2-methoxy-4-f(R)-1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll- propoxy)-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000153_0001
According to the method described for 3-(2-difluoromethoxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one, (+)-3- (5-fluoro-2-methoxy-4-{(R)-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from (+)-(R)-1-[4-methyl-2- (4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1 -ol and 4,5-difluoro-2- methoxybenzonitrile. C23H19F4N3O4S (509.48), MS(ESI): 510.0 (M+H+).
The enantiomeric excess of this dextrorotatory enantiomer was determined by analytical HPLC on chiral phase (Chiralcel OJ-H, column 250x4.6mm, 5 μm) with 30% ethanol/70% heptane as eluent (flowrate: 1 mL/min, UV 254nm) by comparison with the racemic mixture: ee 96%, Rt = 8.63 min. Example 41
(+)-3-(2-Difluoromethoxy-5-fluoro-4-((R)-1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- thiazol-5-yl1-propoxy)-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000154_0001
According to the method described for 3-(2-difluoromethoxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one, (+)-3-
(2-difluoromethoxy-5-fluoro-4-{(R)-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from (+)-(R)-1-[4-methyl-2-
(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1 -ol and 2-difluoromethoxy-4,5-difluoro- benzonitrile.
C23H17F6N3O4S (545.46), MS(ESI): 546.0 (M+H+).
Example 42
3-(2-Methoxy-4-(1-r2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1- ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yll-propoxy)-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000154_0002
According to the method described for 3-(2-difluoromethoxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2- methoxy-4-{1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1- ol and 4-fluoro-2-methoxy-benzonitrile. C29H28F6N4O4S (642.63), MS(ESI): 643.2 (M+H+).
The racemate was separated into its enantiomers by supercritical fluid chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak AD, column 250x50 mm, 20 μm) with 35% methanol/65% carbon dioxide as eluent (70 bars, 3O0C, flowrate: 250 mL/min, UV 254nm). The enantiomeric excess of each enantiomer was determined by analytical supercritical fluid chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak AD, column 250x4.6 mm, 10 μm) with 35% methanol/65% carbon dioxide as eluent (100 bars, flowrate: 3 mL/min, UV 254nm): levorotatory enantiomer: >99% ee, Rt = 2.7 min; dextrorotatory enantiomer: >99% ee, Rt = 5.7 min.
Example 43
3-(5-Fluoro-2-methoxy-4-(1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-
1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-vπ-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000155_0001
According to the method described for 3-(2-difluoromethoxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(5- fluoro-2-methoxy-4-{1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1- ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- propan-1-ol and commercially available 4,5-difluoro-2-methoxy-benzonitrile. C29H27F7N4O4S (660.62), MS(ESI): 661.0 (M+H+).
The racemate was separated into its enantiomers by supercritical fluid chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak AD, column 250x50 mm, 20 μm) with 10% methanol/90% carbon dioxide as eluent (140 bars, flowrate: 250 mL/min, UV 254nm). The enantiomeric excess of each enantiomer was determined by analytical supercritical fluid chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak AD, column 250x4.6 mm, 20 μm) with 10% methanol/90% carbon dioxide as eluent (100 bars, flowrate: 3 mL/min, UV 254nm): levorotatory enantiomer: >99% ee, Rt = 11.89 min; dextrorotatory enantiomer: >99% ee, Rt = 16.92 min.
Example 44
3-(2-(2.2,2-Trifluoro-ethoxy)-4-(1-f2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl- piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yll-propoxy)-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000156_0001
According to the method described for 3-(2-difluoromethoxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2- (2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-4-{1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin- 1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-thfluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- propan-1-ol and 4-fluoro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-benzonitrile. C30H27F9N4O4S (710.62), MS(ESI): 712.1 (M+H+).
The racemate was separated into its enantiomers by supercritical fluid chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak AD-H, column 20 mm diameter, 5 μm) with 15% methanol/85% carbon dioxide as eluent (70 bars, 300C, flowrate: 100 mL/min, UV 254nm). The enantiomeric excess of each enantiomer was determined by analytical supercritical fluid chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak AD-H, column 250x4.6 mm, 5 μm) with 15% methanol/85% carbon dioxide as eluent (100 bars, flowrate: 3 mL/min, UV 254nm): first enantiomer: >99% ee, Rt = 2.85 min; second enantiomer: >99% ee, Rt = 5.74 min. Example 45
3-(2-Difluoromethoxy-4-(1-r2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1- ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yll-propoxy)-phenyl)-4H-1.2.4-oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000157_0001
According to the method described for 3-(2-difluoromethoxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2- difluoromethoxy-4-{1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1- ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- propan-1-ol and 2-difluoromethoxy-4-fluoro-benzonitrile. C29H26F8N4O4S (678.61), MS(ESI): 680.4 (M+H+).
The racemate was separated into its enantiomers by supercritical fluid chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak AD, column 250x50 mm, 20 μm) with 20% acetonitrile/80% carbon dioxide as eluent (105 bars, flowrate: 200 mUmin, UV 254nm). The enantiomeric excess of each enantiomer was determined by analytical supercritical fluid chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak AD-H, column 250x4.6 mm, 5 μm) with 15% methanol/85% carbon dioxide as eluent (100 bars, flowrate: 3 mL/min, UV 254nm): levorotatory enantiomer: >99% ee, Rt = 3.14 min; dextrorotatory enantiomer: >99% ee, Rt = 5.34 min.
(+)-3-(2-Difluoromethoxy-4-((R)-1-r2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl- piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-vn-propoxy)-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2.4-oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000158_0001
According to the method described for 3-(2-difluoromethoxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one (except for the hydroxylamine addition step which was performed under microwave irradiation at 1000C for 2h), (+)-3-(2-difluoromethoxy-4-{(R)-1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4- trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol- 5-one was obtained from (R)-1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl- piperidin-1 -ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1 -ol and 2-difluoromethoxy-4-fluoro- benzonitrile. C29H26F8N4O4S (678.61), MS(ESI): 679.3 (M+H+).
Example 46
3-(2-Difluoromethoxy-5-fluoro-4-(1-r2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl- piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl1-propoxy)-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000158_0002
According to the method described for 3-(2-difluoromethoxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one, 3-(2- difluoromethoxy-5-fluoro-4-{1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl- piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1 -[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1 -ylmethyl)- thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1 -ol and 2-difluoromethoxy-4,5-difluoro-benzonitrile. C29H25F9N4O4S (696.60), MS(ESI): 698.5 (M+H+).
The racemate was separated into its enantiomers by supercritical fluid chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak AD-H1 column 250x50 mm, 5 μm) with 5% methanol/95% carbon dioxide as eluent (129 bars, flowrate: 100 mL/min, UV 254nm). The enantiomeric excess of each enantiomer was determined by analytical supercritical fluid chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak AD-H, column 250x4.6 mm, 5 μm) with 5% methanol/95% carbon dioxide as eluent (100 bars, flowrate: 3 mL/min, UV 254nm): levorotatory enantiomer: >99% ee, Rt = 10.1 min; dextrorotatory enantiomer: >99% ee, Rt = 15.5 min.
The following examples were prepared according to process J:
Example 47
3-r5-Fluoro-4-(1-r4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-propoxy)-2-(2.2.2- trifluoro-ethoxy)-phenyll-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000159_0001
-60°C
Figure imgf000159_0002
140°C
Figure imgf000159_0003
MW, 150X 2,5-Difluoro-4-(1-f4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-Dropoxy)- benzonitrile
KOtBu
Figure imgf000160_0001
Figure imgf000160_0002
Figure imgf000160_0003
-60°C
To a solution of 900 mg of 1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan- 1-ol in 2 mL of tetrahydrofuran at 5°C was slowly added 3.3 mL of a molar solution of potassium tert-butoxide in tert-butanol. After stirring at 50C for 30 minutes, the resulting solution was slowly added to a solution of 469 mg of 2,4,5-trifluoro-benzonitrile in 2 mL of tetrahydrofuran at -600C. The resulting mixture was stirred for 1 h at -600C then stirred overnight allowing the temperature to warm up to room temperature. It was then poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient from heptane 100 to heptane 80/ ethyl acetate 20) to give 1.25 g of 2,5-difluoro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-benzonitrile. C21 H15F5N2OS (438.42), MS(ESI): 439.0 (M+H+).
5-Fluoro-4-{1-f4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-vn-propoxy)-2-(2.2,2- trifluoro-ethoxy)-benzonitrile
Figure imgf000160_0004
To a solution of 342 mg of trifluoroethanol in 2.1 mL of tetrahydrofuran at 50C was slowly added 4 mL of a molar solution of potassium tert-butoxide in tert-butanol. After stirring at 50C for 30 minutes, the resulting solution was slowly added to a solution of 1.25 g of 2,5-difluoro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}- benzonitrile in 5.6 mL of tetrahydrofuran at -60°C. The resulting mixture was stirred overnight allowing the temperature to warm up to room temperature. It was then poured into water and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (gradient from heptane 100 to heptane 70/ ethyl acetate 30) to give 1.09 g of 5-fluoro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-benzonitrile. C23H17F7N2O2S (518.45), MS(ESI): 519.0 (M+H+).
3-r5-Fluoro-4-(1-f4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-propoxy)-2-(2,2.2- trifluoro-ethoxy)-phenyll-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000161_0001
1400C
Figure imgf000161_0002
According to the method described for 3-(2-difluoromethoxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one, 3-[5- fluoro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-2-(2,2,2- trifluoro-ethoxy)-phenyl]-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 5-fluoro-4-{1-[4- methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)- benzonitrile.
C24H18F7N3O4S (577.48), MS(ESI): 578.0 (M+H+).
The racemate was separated into its enantiomers by supercritical fluid chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak AD, column 350x50 mm, 20 μm) with 15% methanol/85% carbon dioxide as eluent (123 bars, flowrate: 250 mL/min, UV 230nm). The enantiomeric excess of each enantiomer was determined by analytical supercritical fluid chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak AD, column 250x4.6 mm, 205 μm) with 10% methanol/90% carbon dioxide as eluent (100 bars, flowrate: 3 ml_/min, UV 230nm): levorotatory enantiomer: >99% ee, Rt = 5.22 min; dextrorotatory enantiomer: >99% ee, Rt = 6.81 min. 3-[5-fluoro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-2-(2,2,2- trifluoro-ethoxy)-phenyl]-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one can also be prepared according to the method described for 3-(2-difluoromethoxy-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one by starting from 1-[4- methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1-ol and 4,5-difluoro-2-(2,2,2- trifluoro-ethoxy)-benzonitrile.6
Example 48
3-r4-(1-f4-Methyl-2-(4-thfluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yll-propoxy>-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro- ethoxy)-phenyll-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000162_0001
According to the method described for 3-[5-fluoro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-phenyl]-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5- one, 3-[4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-2-(2,2,2- trifluoro-ethoxy)-phenyl]-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from 1 -[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1 -ol and 2-fluoro-4-{1 -[4-methyl-2-(4- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-benzonitrile that was prepared according to process A. C24H19F6N3O4S (559.49), MS(ESI): 560 (M+H+). The racemate was separated into its enantiomers by supercritical fluid chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak AD, column 250x50 mm, 5 μm) with 25% MeOH and 0.1 % triethylamine in carbon dioxide as eluent (130 bars, flowrate : 90 mL/min, UV 205 nm). The enantiomeric excess of each enantiomer was determined by analytical supercritical fluid chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak AD, column 250x4.6 mm, 5 μm) with 20% MeOH and 0.1% triethylamine in carbon dioxide as eluent (100 bars,
5 WO2005/111003 flowrate: 3 mL/min, UV 205nm): levorotatory enantiomer : >99% ee, Rt = 2.94 min; dextrorotatory enantiomer : >99% ee, Rt = 5.11 min.
(+)-3-[4-((R)-1-r4-Methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-vn-propoxy)-2-(2,2.2- trifluoro-ethoxy)-phenvn-4H-1 ,2.4-oxadiazol-5-one
Figure imgf000163_0001
Following process B, according to the method described for 3-(2-difluoromethoxy-4-{1-
[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4- oxadiazol-5-one, (+)-3-[4-{(R)-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]- propoxy}-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-phenyl]-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5-one was obtained from (+)-(R)-1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1-ol and 4- fluoro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-benzonitrile.
C24H19F6N3O4S (559.49), MS(ESI): 560.1 (M+H+).
The enantiomeric excess of this dextrorotatory enantiomer was determined by analytical supercritical fluid chromatography on chiral phase (Chiralpak AD, column
250x4.6 mm, 5 μm) with 20% methanol/80% carbon dioxide as eluent (100 bars, flowrate: 3 mL/min, UV 254nm) by comparison with the racemic mixture: ee >99%, Rt
= 5.49 min.
Example 49
3-(5-Fluoro-2-(2.2.2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-4-(1-r2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4- trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yll-propoxy)-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol- 5-one
Figure imgf000164_0001
According to the method described for 3-[5-fluoro-4-{1-[4-methyl-2-(4-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-phenyl]-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol-5- one, 3-(5-fluoro-2-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethoxy)-4-{1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4- trifluoromethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propoxy}-phenyl)-4H-1 ,2,4-oxadiazol- 5-one was obtained from 1-[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-4-(4-trifluoromethyl-piperidin- 1 -ylmethyl)-thiazol-5-yl]-propan-1 -ol and 2,4,5-trifluoro-benzonitrile. C30H26F10N4O4S (728.61), MS(ESI): 730.6 (M+H+).

Claims

Claims
1. Compounds of formula I:
Figure imgf000165_0001
formula I
wherein
R1 is H, halogen, (C1-C8) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-H, (C3- Cl) cycloalkyl, SCH3, CN, (C6-C10) aryl, wherein alkyl, alkylene and aryl are unsubstituted or 1- to 5-fold substituted by F;
B is C(R4) or N;
R2.R3 are independently
H, halogen, (C1-C8) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-H, (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, SCH3, CN, (C6-C10) aryl, wherein alkyl, alkylene and aryl are unsubstituted or 1- to 5-fold substituted by F;
R2 and R3 together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded form a (C6-C10) aryl or a (C5-C10) heteroaryl ring. R4 is H, halogen, (C1-C8) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-H, (C3-
C7) cycloalkyl, SCH3, CN, (C6-C10) aryl, wherein alkyl, alkylene and aryl are unsubstituted or 1- to 5-fold substituted by F;
X is O, S, S(O), S(O)2, O-CH2, S-CH2, CH2-O, CH2-S; -CH2-
Z is a bond, (C1-C8) alkylene, (C2-C8) alkenylene, (C2-C8) alkylidene, (C1-
C6) alkylene-O-(C1-C6) alkyl ;
one of U and V is N the other is S or O;
W is a bond, (C1-C8) alkylene, (C2-C8) alkenylene, , wherein alkylene and alkenylene are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by OH and F;
Y is a bond, O, S, S(O), S(O)2, N(R6) and
R5 is H, (C1-C8) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C13) cycloalkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-
(C6-C14) aryl, (C2-C8) alkenyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C15) heterocycloalkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C15) heterocycloalkenyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-(C5-C15) heteroaryl, wherein alkyl and alkylene can be mono-, di- or trisubstituted by
F, (C1-C4) alkyl and O-(C0-C4) alkylene-H and wherein cycloalkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkenyl and heteroaryl are mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F, Cl, Br, CF3, (C1-C4) alkyl and O-(C0-C4) alkylene-H;
R6 is H, (C1-C8) alkyl, (C2-C8) alkenyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-(C3-C6) cycloalkyl , wherein alkyl and alkenyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F and O-(C0-C4)-alkylene-H;
R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded (Y = N(R6)) form a (C3-C9)-heterocycloalkyl, a (C3-C9)-heterocycloalkenyl or a (C5-C9)- heteroaryl which can contain additionally 1 to 3 heteroatoms N, O, S and which is unsubstituted or mono- or disubstituted by F, CF3, (C1-C4) alkyl, O- (C1-C4) alkyl, CH2-OH, SO2-(C1-C4) alkyl, CO-(C1-C4) alkyl, CO-NH2, NH- CO-(C1-C4) alkyl, (C6-C14) aryl and (C5-C15) heteroaryl;
R7, R8 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, (C1-C8) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C4) alkylene-H, SCF3, SF5, S(O)2CF3, (CO-
C4) alkylene-O-(C6-C12) aryl, (C0-C4) alkylene-(C6-C12) aryl, NO2, wherein alkyl and alkylene are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F and aryl is unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by halogen, (C1- C4) alkyl or 0-(C 1-C4) alkyl ;
R9 is (C1-C6) alkyl, (C2-C6) alkenyl, (C0-C6) alkylene-(C6-C14) aryl, (C0-C6) alkylene-(C5-C15) heteroaryl, (C0-C6) alkylene-(C3-C8) cycloalkyl, (C0-C6) alkylene-(C3-C8) cycloalkenyl, wherein alkyl and alkylene are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F and aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and cycloalkenyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by halogen,
(C1-C4) alkyl, -CF3, -CHF2, or O-(C1-C4)alkyl;
R10 is H, F, (C1-C6) alkyl, (C2-C6) alkenyl, (C0-C6) alkylene-(C6-C14) aryl, (CO- C6) alkylene-(C5-C15) heteroaryl, (C0-C6) alkylene-(C3-C8) cycloalkyl, (CO- C6) alkylene-(C3-C8) cycloalkenyl, wherein alkyl and alkylene are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F and aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and cycloalkenyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by halogen, (C1-C4) alkyl, -CF3, -CHF2, or O-(C1-C4) alkyl;
in all its stereoisomeric forms, enantiomeric forms and mixtures in any ratio, and its physiologically acceptable salts and tautomeric forms.
2. Compounds of the formula I as claimed in claim 1 , wherein
B is C(R4) and R4 is H.
3. Compounds of the formula I as claimed in claim 1 or 2, wherein
X is O, O-CH2.
4. Compounds of the formula I as claimed in claims 1 to 3, wherein
R1 is H, halogen, (C1-C4) alkyl, (C0-C4) alkylene-O-(C0-C2) alkylene-H, (C3-
C6) cycloalkyl, phenyl, wherein alkyl, alkylene and phenyl are unsubstituted or mono, di- or trisubstitued by F.
5. Compounds of the formula I as claimed in claims 1 to 4, wherein
R2 is H and
R3 is H, F
or
R2 and R3 together with the C-atoms to which they are bonded form a (C6)-aryl or a
(C5-C6) heteroaryl ring.
6. Compounds of the formula I as claimed in claims 1 to 5, wherein
W is CH2,
Y is a bond, R5 is H.
7. Compounds of the formula I as claimed in claims 1 to 6, wherein
Z is a bond.
8. Compounds of the formula I as claimed in claims 1 to 7, wherein U is S and
V is N.
9. Compounds of the formula I as claimed in claims 1 to 8, wherein
R7 is F, Cl, (C1-C4) alkyl, (C0-C2) alkylene-O-(C1-C2) alkylene-H, (C0-C4) alkylene-phenyl, wherein alkyl, alkylene and phenyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F, and
R8 is H.
10. Compounds of the formula I as claimed in claims 1 to 9, wherein
R9 is (C1-C4) alkyl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C6-C10) aryl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C5-C6) heteroaryl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C3-C6) cycloalkyl, wherein alkyl and alkylene, are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F and aryl , heteroaryl and cycloalkyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by halogen, (C1-C4) alkyl, -CF3, -CHF2, or O-(C1-C4)alkyl; and
R10 is H.
11. Compounds of the formula I as claimed in claims 1 to 10, wherein
W is a bond, (C1-C3) alkylene;
Y is a bond, N(R6) and
R5 is H, (C1-C3) alkyl, wherein alkyl can be mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
R6 is H, (C1-C3) alkyl, wherein alkyl can be mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F; R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded (Y = N(R6)) form a (C4-C6)-heterocycloalkyl, which can contain additionally 1 to 2 heteroatoms N, O, S and which is unsubstituted or mono- or disubstituted by F, CF3, (C1-C3) alkyl, O-(C1-C3) alkyl;
12. Compounds of the formula I as claimed in claims 1 to 11 , where one or more substituents have the following meaning:
R1 is H, halogen, OH, O-(C1-C2) alkyl, (C3-C6) cycloalkyl, wherein alkyl is unsubstituted or mono, di- or trisubstitued by F;
R2 is H;
R3 IS H1 F;
B is C(R4) and
R4 is H;
X is O1 O-CH2;
V is N and
U is O1 S;
W is a bond, CH2;
Y is a bond, N(R6);
R5 is H1 (C1-C3) alkyl, wherein alkyl can be mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
R6 is H, (C1-C3) alkyl, wherein alkyl can be mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F; R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded (Y = N(R6)) form a (C4-C6)-heterocycloalkyl, which can contain additionally 1 to 2 heteroatoms N, O, S and which is unsubstituted or mono- or disubstituted by F, CF3, (C1-C3) alkyl, O-(C1-C3) alkyl; preferably piperidine which is unsubstituted or mono- or disubstituted by F, CF3, (C1-C3) alkyl, O-(C1-C3) alkyl; most preferably piperidine monosubstituted by CF3;
Z is a bond;
R7 is H, halogen, (C1-C3) alkyl, O-(C1-C3) alkyl, phenyl, wherein alkyl and phenyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
R8 is H ;
R9 is (C1-C4) alkyl, (C0-C3) alkylene-phenyl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C5-C6) heteroaryl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C3-C6) cycloalkyl, wherein alkyl, alkylene, phenyl and heteroaryl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
R10 is H.
13. Compounds of the formula I as claimed in claims 1 to 12, where one or more substituents have the following meaning:
R1 is H, halogen, (C1-C2) alkylene-O-(C1-C2) alkyl, (C3-C6) cycloalkyl, wherein alkylene and alkyl are unsubstituted or mono, di- or trisubstitued by F;
R2 is H;
R3 is H, F;
B is C(R4) and
R4 is H; X is O, O-CH2;
V is N and U is O, S;
W is CH2;
Y is a bond;
R5 is H;
Z is a bond;
R7 is H, halogen, (C1-C3) alkyl, O-(C1-C3) alkyl, phenyl, wherein alkyl and phenyl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
R8 is H ;
R9 is (C1-C4) alkyl, (C0-C3) alkylene-phenyl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C5-C6) heteroaryl, (C0-C3) alkylene-(C3-C6) cycloalkyl, wherein alkyl, alkylene, phenyl, cycloalkyl and heteroaryl are unsubstituted or mono-, di- or trisubstituted by F;
R10 is H.
14. Compounds of the formula I as claimed in claims 1 to 13, where one or more substituents have the following meaning:
B is C(FW)1 N; R1 is H, F1CI, Br, OH, O-CH3, O-CHF2, O-CH2-CF3, CF3, CH2-CH3, CH2-O-
CH2-CF3, CH2-O-CH3, CH2-O-CH2-CH3; cyclopropyl;
R2 is H;
R3 is H, F;
R4 is H;
R2 and R3 together with the C-atoms to which they are bonded and the ring carrying them form a naphthalene or a quinoline-ring.
X is O, CH2, O-CH2;
V is N,
U is S;
W is CH2;
Y is a bond, N(R6);
R5 is H;
R5 and R6 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded (Y = N(R6)) form a piperidine which is monosubstituted by CF3;
Z is a bond;
R7 is CF3;
R8 is H; R9 is CH3, CH2CH3, C3H7, C4H9, CF3, CF2-CH2-CH3, phenyl, CH2-phenyl, CH2-CH2-phenyl, CH2-4-F-phenyl, CH2-pyridyl, CF2-cyclopropyl, CF2-4- CHF2-phenyl;
R10 is H.
15. A pharmaceutical comprising one or more compounds of the formula I as claimed in one or more of claims 1 to 14.
16. A pharmaceutical comprising one or more compounds of the formula I as claimed in one or more of claims 1 to 14 and one or more active substances which have favorable effects on metabolic disturbances or disorders frequently associated therewith.
17. A pharmaceutical comprising one or more compounds of the formula I as claimed in one or more of claims 1 to 14 and one or more antidiabetics.
18. A pharmaceutical comprising one or more compounds of the formula I as claimed in one or more of claims 1 to 14 and one or more lipid modulators.
19. The use of the compounds of the formula I as claimed in one or more of claims 1 to 14 for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders of fatty acid metabolism and glucose utilization disorders.
20. The use of the compounds of the formula I as claimed in one or more of claims 1 to 14 for the treatment and/or prevention of disorders in which insulin resistance is involved.
21. The use of the compounds of the formula I as claimed in one or more of claims 1 to 14 for the treatment and/or prevention of diabetes mellitus including the prevention of the squelae associated therewith.
22. The use of the compounds of the formula I as claimed in one or more of claims 1 to 14 for the treatment and/or prevention of dyslipidemias and their squelae.
23. The use of the compounds of the formula I as claimed in one or more of claims 1 to 14 for the treatment and/or prevention of conditions which may be associated with the metabolic syndrome.
24. The use of the compounds of the formula I as claimed in one or more of claims 1 to 14 for the treatment and/or prevention of demyelinating and other neurodegenerative disorders of the central and peripheral nervous system.
25. The use of compounds as claimed in one or more of claims 1 to 14 in combination with at least one further active compound for the treatment of disorders of fatty acid metabolism and glucose utilization disorders.
26. The use of compounds as claimed in one or more of claims 1 to 14 in combination with at least one further active compound for the treatment of disorders in which insulin resistance is involved.
27. A process for preparing a pharmaceutical comprising one or more of the compounds as claimed in one or more of claims 1 to 14, which comprises mixing the active compound with a pharmaceutically suitable carrier and bringing this mixture into a form suitable for administration.
PCT/EP2006/009304 2005-09-29 2006-09-26 Phenyl-[1,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-one derivatives with phenyl group, processes for their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals WO2007039178A2 (en)

Priority Applications (16)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
BRPI0616465-0A BRPI0616465A2 (en) 2005-09-29 2006-09-26 phenyl- [1,2,4] oxadiazol-5-one phenyl group derivatives, as well as their use, pharmaceutical composition comprising them and process for preparing said pharmaceutical composition
DK06792252.6T DK1931660T3 (en) 2005-09-29 2006-09-26 PHENYL [1,2,4] -OXADIAZOL-5 SUBSTANCES WITH PHENYL GROUP, METHOD OF PREPARING THESE AND USING THESE AS PHARMACEUTICALS
JP2008532648A JP5183479B2 (en) 2005-09-29 2006-09-26 Phenyl- [1,2,4] -oxadiazol-5-one derivative having a phenyl group, its production method and its use as a pharmaceutical
PL06792252T PL1931660T3 (en) 2005-09-29 2006-09-26 Phenyl-[1,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-one derivatives with phenyl group, processes for their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals
ES06792252T ES2392181T3 (en) 2005-09-29 2006-09-26 Phenyl- [1,2,4] -oxadiazol-5-one derivatives with phenyl group, processes for their preparation and use as pharmaceutical products
AU2006299092A AU2006299092A1 (en) 2005-09-29 2006-09-26 Phenyl-(1,2,4)-oxadiazol-5-one derivatives with phenyl group, processes for their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals
SI200631453T SI1931660T1 (en) 2005-09-29 2006-09-26 Phenyl-s1,2,4c-oxadiazol-5-one derivatives with phenyl group, processes for their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals
CA2624105A CA2624105C (en) 2005-09-29 2006-09-26 Phenyl-[1,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-one derivatives with phenyl group, processes for their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals
EP06792252A EP1931660B1 (en) 2005-09-29 2006-09-26 Phenyl-[1,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-one derivatives with phenyl group, processes for their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals
NZ566875A NZ566875A (en) 2005-09-29 2006-09-26 Phenyl-[1,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-one derivatives with phenyl group, processes for their preparation and their use as pharmacueticals
ZA2008/01630A ZA200801630B (en) 2005-09-29 2008-02-19 Phenyl-[1,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-one derivatives with phenyl group,processes for their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals
NO20081370A NO20081370L (en) 2005-09-29 2008-03-14 Phenyl [1,2,4] -ocadiazol-5-one derivatives with phenyl group, processes for their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals
IL190227A IL190227A (en) 2005-09-29 2008-03-17 Phenyl-[1,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-one derivatives with phenyl group and use thereof in medicine, pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same and process for preparing the pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same
KR1020087007148A KR101342415B1 (en) 2005-09-29 2008-03-25 Phenyl-[124]-oxadiazol-5-one derivatives with phenyl group processes for their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals
US12/055,764 US7834030B2 (en) 2005-09-29 2008-03-26 Phenyl-[1,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-one derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and therapeutic use thereof
TNP2008000145A TNSN08145A1 (en) 2005-09-29 2008-03-28 Phenyl-[1,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-one derivatives with phenyl group, processes for their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP05021235.6 2005-09-29
EP05021235 2005-09-29

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/055,764 Continuation US7834030B2 (en) 2005-09-29 2008-03-26 Phenyl-[1,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-one derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and therapeutic use thereof

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2007039178A2 true WO2007039178A2 (en) 2007-04-12
WO2007039178A3 WO2007039178A3 (en) 2007-09-13

Family

ID=35809809

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2006/009298 WO2007039172A1 (en) 2005-09-29 2006-09-26 Phenyl- and pyridyl-i, 2 , 4 -oxadiazolone derivatives with phenyl group, processes for their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals
PCT/EP2006/009304 WO2007039178A2 (en) 2005-09-29 2006-09-26 Phenyl-[1,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-one derivatives with phenyl group, processes for their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2006/009298 WO2007039172A1 (en) 2005-09-29 2006-09-26 Phenyl- and pyridyl-i, 2 , 4 -oxadiazolone derivatives with phenyl group, processes for their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals

Country Status (31)

Country Link
US (3) US7834030B2 (en)
EP (2) EP1931660B1 (en)
JP (2) JP2009509986A (en)
KR (2) KR20080048520A (en)
CN (2) CN101273036A (en)
AR (2) AR056541A1 (en)
AT (1) ATE537167T1 (en)
AU (2) AU2006299086A1 (en)
BR (2) BRPI0616465A2 (en)
CA (2) CA2624105C (en)
CR (1) CR9784A (en)
CY (1) CY1113376T1 (en)
DK (1) DK1931660T3 (en)
DO (2) DOP2006000205A (en)
EC (1) ECSP088323A (en)
ES (1) ES2392181T3 (en)
IL (2) IL190228A0 (en)
MA (2) MA29807B1 (en)
MY (2) MY148982A (en)
NO (2) NO20081370L (en)
NZ (2) NZ566875A (en)
PE (2) PE20070545A1 (en)
PL (1) PL1931660T3 (en)
PT (1) PT1931660E (en)
RU (2) RU2008112202A (en)
SI (1) SI1931660T1 (en)
TN (1) TNSN08145A1 (en)
TW (2) TWI398436B (en)
UY (2) UY29830A1 (en)
WO (2) WO2007039172A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200801630B (en)

Cited By (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2008017381A1 (en) 2006-08-08 2008-02-14 Sanofi-Aventis Arylaminoaryl-alkyl-substituted imidazolidine-2,4-diones, processes for preparing them, medicaments comprising these compounds, and their use
WO2009021740A2 (en) 2007-08-15 2009-02-19 Sanofis-Aventis Substituted tetrahydronaphthalenes, process for the preparation thereof and the use thereof as medicaments
DE102007063671A1 (en) 2007-11-13 2009-06-25 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh New crystalline diphenylazetidinone hydrates, medicaments containing these compounds and their use
WO2010003624A2 (en) 2008-07-09 2010-01-14 Sanofi-Aventis Heterocyclic compounds, processes for their preparation, medicaments comprising these compounds, and the use thereof
WO2010068601A1 (en) 2008-12-08 2010-06-17 Sanofi-Aventis A crystalline heteroaromatic fluoroglycoside hydrate, processes for making, methods of use and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
WO2011023754A1 (en) 2009-08-26 2011-03-03 Sanofi-Aventis Novel crystalline heteroaromatic fluoroglycoside hydrates, pharmaceuticals comprising these compounds and their use
WO2011107494A1 (en) 2010-03-03 2011-09-09 Sanofi Novel aromatic glycoside derivatives, medicaments containing said compounds, and the use thereof
WO2011138751A2 (en) 2010-05-04 2011-11-10 Pfizer Inc. Heterocyclic derivatives as alk inhibitors
WO2011157827A1 (en) 2010-06-18 2011-12-22 Sanofi Azolopyridin-3-one derivatives as inhibitors of lipases and phospholipases
WO2011161030A1 (en) 2010-06-21 2011-12-29 Sanofi Heterocyclic substituted methoxyphenyl derivatives having an oxo group, method for producing same, and use thereof as gpr40 receptor modulators
WO2012004269A1 (en) 2010-07-05 2012-01-12 Sanofi (2-aryloxy-acetylamino)-phenyl-propionic acid derivatives, method for producing same and use thereof as pharmaceuticals
WO2012004270A1 (en) 2010-07-05 2012-01-12 Sanofi Spirocyclically substituted 1,3-propane dioxide derivatives, methods for the production thereof and use of the same as medicament
WO2012010413A1 (en) 2010-07-05 2012-01-26 Sanofi Aryloxy-alkylene substituted hydroxyphenyl hexynoic acids, methods for the production thereof and use of the same as medicament
WO2012120054A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Sanofi Di- and tri-substituted oxathiazine derivates, method for the production thereof, use thereof as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and use thereof
WO2012120052A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Sanofi Oxathiazine derivatives substituted with carbocycles or heterocycles, method for producing same, drugs containing said compounds, and use thereof
WO2012120055A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Sanofi Di- and tri-substituted oxathiazine derivates, method for the production thereof, use thereof as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and use thereof
WO2012120053A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Sanofi Branched oxathiazine derivatives, method for the production thereof, use thereof as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and use thereof
WO2012120056A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Sanofi Tetrasubstituted oxathiazine derivatives, method for producing them, their use as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and the use thereof
WO2013037390A1 (en) 2011-09-12 2013-03-21 Sanofi 6-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-3-styryl-1h-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine-4-carboxylic acid amide derivatives as kinase inhibitors
WO2013045413A1 (en) 2011-09-27 2013-04-04 Sanofi 6-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-3-alkyl-1h-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine-4-carboxylic acid amide derivatives as kinase inhibitors
WO2013108800A1 (en) * 2012-01-18 2013-07-25 第一三共株式会社 Substituted phenylazole derivative
WO2013186089A2 (en) 2012-06-14 2013-12-19 Basf Se Pesticidal methods using substituted 3-pyridyl thiazole compounds and derivatives for combating animal pests

Families Citing this family (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1586573B1 (en) * 2004-04-01 2007-02-07 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland GmbH Oxadiazolones, processes for their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals
US10954231B2 (en) 2006-10-16 2021-03-23 Bionomics Limited Anxiolytic compounds
PT2074123E (en) 2006-10-16 2013-01-22 Bionomics Ltd Novel anxiolytic compounds
US20210130285A1 (en) * 2008-03-19 2021-05-06 Aurimmed Pharma, Inc. Novel compounds advantageous in the treatment of central nervous system diseases and disorders
US10793515B2 (en) * 2008-03-19 2020-10-06 Aurimmed Pharma, Inc. Compounds advantageous in the treatment of central nervous system diseases and disorders
CA2828780A1 (en) 2011-03-02 2012-09-07 Bionomics Limited Novel small-molecules as therapeutics
AU2012253237B2 (en) 2011-05-12 2015-09-24 Bionomics Limited Methods for preparing naphthyridines
US10258672B2 (en) 2014-10-09 2019-04-16 Case Western Reserve University Compositions and methods of treating root avulsion injury
CN106616029B (en) * 2016-12-08 2020-05-01 西南大学 A kind of feed additive for improving disease resistance of rainbow trout and preparation method thereof
CN108976150B (en) * 2017-06-05 2022-11-18 重庆博腾制药科技股份有限公司 Preparation method of 3-ethyl-4-fluorobenzonitrile
CA3064463A1 (en) * 2017-07-11 2019-01-17 Case Western Reserve University Compositions and methods for treating myelin disorders
JP7417318B1 (en) 2022-12-28 2024-01-18 Ｔｈｒｅｅ Ｒｉｖｅｒｓ株式会社 Filters and beverage extractors

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1996013264A1 (en) * 1994-11-01 1996-05-09 Eli Lilly And Company Oral hypoglycemic agents
WO2000078313A1 (en) * 1999-06-18 2000-12-28 Merck & Co., Inc. Arylthiazolidinedione and aryloxazolidinedione derivatives
US6710063B1 (en) * 1999-06-25 2004-03-23 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Activators of PPAR delta
EP1424330A1 (en) * 2001-08-10 2004-06-02 Nippon Chemiphar Co., Ltd. Activator for peroxisome proliferator-responsive receptor delta
EP1586573A1 (en) * 2004-04-01 2005-10-19 Aventis Pharma Deutschland GmbH Oxadiazolones, processes for their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals
WO2005097762A2 (en) * 2004-04-01 2005-10-20 Aventis Pharmaceuticals Inc. 1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-ones as ppar delta modulators

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5783593A (en) 1993-11-04 1998-07-21 Abbott Laboratories Inhibitors of squalene synthetase and protein farnesyltransferase
AU2381397A (en) 1996-04-19 1997-11-12 Novo Nordisk A/S Modulators of molecules with phosphotyrosine recognition units
JP4345230B2 (en) * 1998-03-10 2009-10-14 小野薬品工業株式会社 Carboxylic acid derivatives and drugs containing the derivatives as active ingredients
DE10112768A1 (en) 2001-03-16 2002-09-19 Merck Patent Gmbh New heterocyclic-substituted phenyl compounds, are Factor Xa and Factor VIIa inhibitors useful e.g. for treating thrombosis, myocardial infarction, inflammation, restenosis or tumor diseases
GB0111523D0 (en) 2001-05-11 2001-07-04 Glaxo Group Ltd Chemical compounds
DE60315603T2 (en) * 2002-02-25 2008-05-21 Eli Lilly And Co., Indianapolis MODULATORS OF PEROXISOME PROLIFERATOR-ACTIVATED RECEPTORS
WO2004080943A1 (en) 2003-03-11 2004-09-23 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Cinnamyl alcohol derivative compounds and drugs containing the compounds as the active ingredient
JPWO2005054213A1 (en) 2003-12-02 2007-12-06 塩野義製薬株式会社 Isoxazole derivatives having peroxisome proliferator activated receptor agonist activity

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1996013264A1 (en) * 1994-11-01 1996-05-09 Eli Lilly And Company Oral hypoglycemic agents
US5641796A (en) * 1994-11-01 1997-06-24 Eli Lilly And Company Oral hypoglycemic agents
WO2000078313A1 (en) * 1999-06-18 2000-12-28 Merck & Co., Inc. Arylthiazolidinedione and aryloxazolidinedione derivatives
US6710063B1 (en) * 1999-06-25 2004-03-23 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Activators of PPAR delta
EP1424330A1 (en) * 2001-08-10 2004-06-02 Nippon Chemiphar Co., Ltd. Activator for peroxisome proliferator-responsive receptor delta
EP1586573A1 (en) * 2004-04-01 2005-10-19 Aventis Pharma Deutschland GmbH Oxadiazolones, processes for their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals
WO2005097762A2 (en) * 2004-04-01 2005-10-20 Aventis Pharmaceuticals Inc. 1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-ones as ppar delta modulators

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
KULKARNI S S ET AL: "Three-Dimensional Quantitative Structure Activity Relationship (3-D-QSAR) of Antihyperglycemic Agents" 1999, BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD, GB, PAGE(S) 1475-1485 , XP002345584 ISSN: 0968-0896 the whole document *

Cited By (25)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2008017381A1 (en) 2006-08-08 2008-02-14 Sanofi-Aventis Arylaminoaryl-alkyl-substituted imidazolidine-2,4-diones, processes for preparing them, medicaments comprising these compounds, and their use
WO2009021740A2 (en) 2007-08-15 2009-02-19 Sanofis-Aventis Substituted tetrahydronaphthalenes, process for the preparation thereof and the use thereof as medicaments
DE102007063671A1 (en) 2007-11-13 2009-06-25 Sanofi-Aventis Deutschland Gmbh New crystalline diphenylazetidinone hydrates, medicaments containing these compounds and their use
WO2010003624A2 (en) 2008-07-09 2010-01-14 Sanofi-Aventis Heterocyclic compounds, processes for their preparation, medicaments comprising these compounds, and the use thereof
WO2010068601A1 (en) 2008-12-08 2010-06-17 Sanofi-Aventis A crystalline heteroaromatic fluoroglycoside hydrate, processes for making, methods of use and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
WO2011023754A1 (en) 2009-08-26 2011-03-03 Sanofi-Aventis Novel crystalline heteroaromatic fluoroglycoside hydrates, pharmaceuticals comprising these compounds and their use
WO2011107494A1 (en) 2010-03-03 2011-09-09 Sanofi Novel aromatic glycoside derivatives, medicaments containing said compounds, and the use thereof
WO2011138751A2 (en) 2010-05-04 2011-11-10 Pfizer Inc. Heterocyclic derivatives as alk inhibitors
WO2011157827A1 (en) 2010-06-18 2011-12-22 Sanofi Azolopyridin-3-one derivatives as inhibitors of lipases and phospholipases
WO2011161030A1 (en) 2010-06-21 2011-12-29 Sanofi Heterocyclic substituted methoxyphenyl derivatives having an oxo group, method for producing same, and use thereof as gpr40 receptor modulators
WO2012010413A1 (en) 2010-07-05 2012-01-26 Sanofi Aryloxy-alkylene substituted hydroxyphenyl hexynoic acids, methods for the production thereof and use of the same as medicament
WO2012004270A1 (en) 2010-07-05 2012-01-12 Sanofi Spirocyclically substituted 1,3-propane dioxide derivatives, methods for the production thereof and use of the same as medicament
WO2012004269A1 (en) 2010-07-05 2012-01-12 Sanofi (2-aryloxy-acetylamino)-phenyl-propionic acid derivatives, method for producing same and use thereof as pharmaceuticals
WO2012120056A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Sanofi Tetrasubstituted oxathiazine derivatives, method for producing them, their use as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and the use thereof
WO2012120052A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Sanofi Oxathiazine derivatives substituted with carbocycles or heterocycles, method for producing same, drugs containing said compounds, and use thereof
WO2012120055A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Sanofi Di- and tri-substituted oxathiazine derivates, method for the production thereof, use thereof as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and use thereof
WO2012120053A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Sanofi Branched oxathiazine derivatives, method for the production thereof, use thereof as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and use thereof
WO2012120054A1 (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-13 Sanofi Di- and tri-substituted oxathiazine derivates, method for the production thereof, use thereof as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and use thereof
WO2013037390A1 (en) 2011-09-12 2013-03-21 Sanofi 6-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-3-styryl-1h-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine-4-carboxylic acid amide derivatives as kinase inhibitors
WO2013045413A1 (en) 2011-09-27 2013-04-04 Sanofi 6-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-3-alkyl-1h-pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridine-4-carboxylic acid amide derivatives as kinase inhibitors
WO2013108800A1 (en) * 2012-01-18 2013-07-25 第一三共株式会社 Substituted phenylazole derivative
JPWO2013108800A1 (en) * 2012-01-18 2015-05-11 第一三共株式会社 Substituted phenylazole derivatives
US9233958B2 (en) 2012-01-18 2016-01-12 Daiichi Sankyo Company, Limited Substituted phenylazole derivatives
US9725438B2 (en) 2012-01-18 2017-08-08 Daiichi Sankyo Company, Limited Substituted phenylazole derivative
WO2013186089A2 (en) 2012-06-14 2013-12-19 Basf Se Pesticidal methods using substituted 3-pyridyl thiazole compounds and derivatives for combating animal pests

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2007039178A3 (en) 2007-09-13
MY149182A (en) 2013-07-31
TWI398436B (en) 2013-06-11
CY1113376T1 (en) 2016-06-22
AU2006299086A1 (en) 2007-04-12
CN101268069A (en) 2008-09-17
PE20070768A1 (en) 2007-08-22
CA2624105C (en) 2014-02-18
RU2008112202A (en) 2009-10-10
IL190227A0 (en) 2009-09-22
WO2007039172A1 (en) 2007-04-12
EP1931660B1 (en) 2012-08-01
MY148982A (en) 2013-06-28
AR056203A1 (en) 2007-09-26
AU2006299092A1 (en) 2007-04-12
PL1931660T3 (en) 2012-12-31
PE20070545A1 (en) 2007-06-15
KR20080048520A (en) 2008-06-02
EP1934206B1 (en) 2011-12-14
CR9784A (en) 2008-05-05
BRPI0616465A2 (en) 2011-06-21
DK1931660T3 (en) 2012-11-05
NO20081370L (en) 2008-06-17
ATE537167T1 (en) 2011-12-15
BRPI0616457A2 (en) 2011-06-21
TW200728293A (en) 2007-08-01
JP5183479B2 (en) 2013-04-17
NO20081367L (en) 2008-06-13
TW200811154A (en) 2008-03-01
AR056541A1 (en) 2007-10-10
ECSP088323A (en) 2008-04-28
US20080262036A1 (en) 2008-10-23
NZ566875A (en) 2010-06-25
EP1934206A1 (en) 2008-06-25
DOP2006000204A (en) 2007-03-31
US7834030B2 (en) 2010-11-16
ES2392181T3 (en) 2012-12-05
IL190227A (en) 2015-05-31
CA2624093A1 (en) 2007-04-12
RU2008112201A (en) 2009-10-10
KR20080048494A (en) 2008-06-02
CA2624105A1 (en) 2007-04-12
PT1931660E (en) 2012-10-30
IL190228A0 (en) 2009-09-22
SI1931660T1 (en) 2012-12-31
CN101273036A (en) 2008-09-24
EP1931660A2 (en) 2008-06-18
MA29804B1 (en) 2008-09-01
KR101342415B1 (en) 2013-12-17
MA29807B1 (en) 2008-09-01
UY29830A1 (en) 2007-04-30
US20080287409A1 (en) 2008-11-20
US20090281084A1 (en) 2009-11-12
UY29829A1 (en) 2007-04-30
DOP2006000205A (en) 2007-03-31
JP2009509989A (en) 2009-03-12
TNSN08145A1 (en) 2009-07-14
ZA200801630B (en) 2009-01-28
NZ566878A (en) 2010-07-30
US7851493B2 (en) 2010-12-14
JP2009509986A (en) 2009-03-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7834030B2 (en) Phenyl-[1,2,4]-oxadiazol-5-one derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions and therapeutic use thereof
US7709481B2 (en) Phenyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolone derivatives, processes for their preparation and methods for their use as pharmaceuticals
US7910612B2 (en) 4-oxy-N-[1,3,4]-thiadiazol-2-yl-benzene sulfonamides, pharmaceutical compositions and methods for their therapeutic use
EP1932843A1 (en) Sulfonyl-phenyl-2H-(1,2,4) oxadiazole-5-one derivatives, processes for their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals
US7858647B2 (en) N-[1,3,4]-thiadiazol-2-yl-benzene sulfonamides, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and methods for their therapeutic use
US7683181B2 (en) Cyclic N-[1,3,4]-thiadiazol-2-yl-benzene sulfonamides, pharmaceutical compositions and methods for the therapeutic use thereof
US7772257B2 (en) Bicyclic aryl-sulfonic acid [1,3,4]-thiadiazol-2-yl-amides, processes for their preparation, pharmaceutical compositions and methods for their use
US7655679B2 (en) Derivatives of 2-aminothiazoles and 2-amino-oxazoles, processes for their preparation and their use as pharmaceutical compositions

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: CR2008-009784

Country of ref document: CR

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: DZP2008000124

Country of ref document: DZ

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12008500578

Country of ref document: PH

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006792252

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 190227

Country of ref document: IL

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 566875

Country of ref document: NZ

Ref document number: MX/a/2008/003970

Country of ref document: MX

Ref document number: 1020087007148

Country of ref document: KR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2008000724

Country of ref document: KE

Ref document number: 0800724

Country of ref document: KE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2624105

Country of ref document: CA

Ref document number: 1512/CHENP/2008

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008112202

Country of ref document: RU

Ref document number: 2006299092

Country of ref document: AU

Ref document number: 2008532648

Country of ref document: JP

Ref document number: 200680035945.0

Country of ref document: CN

Ref document number: 08030800

Country of ref document: CO

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008030542

Country of ref document: EG

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2006299092

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20060926

Kind code of ref document: A

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2006299092

Country of ref document: AU

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 06792252

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2006792252

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0616465

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20080328